+ All Categories
Home > Documents > Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

Date post: 04-Apr-2015
Category:
Upload: stefandea
View: 8,199 times
Download: 1 times
Share this document with a friend
270
FOREWORD This manual will acquaint you with the operation and maintenance of your new vehicle. It will also provide you with important safety information. Read it carefully and follow the recommendations for the enjoyable, safe, and trouble-free operation of your vehicle. Service will best be provided by your authorized repairer who knows your vehicle best and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction. Please consider this manual a permanent part of your new car. It should remain with the vehicle at all times, including at time of resale. Thank you for choosing our vehicle.
Transcript
Page 1: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

FOREWORD

This manual will acquaint you with the operation and maintenance of your new vehicle.It will also provide you with important safety information. Read it carefully and followthe recommendations for the enjoyable, safe, and trouble-free operation of yourvehicle.

Service will best be provided by your authorized repairer who knows your vehicle bestand is dedicated to your complete satisfaction.

Please consider this manual a permanent part of your new car. It should remain withthe vehicle at all times, including at time of resale.

Thank you for choosing our vehicle.

Page 2: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

v WARNING

WARNING indicates a potentiallyhazardous situation which, if notavoided, could result in serious in-jury or death.

IMPORTANT NOTICEPlease read this manual and follow theinstructions carefully.

v: This is the safety alert symbolused to alert you to potential haz-ards including injuries or damageto your vehicle or other property.Obey all safety messages that fol-low this symbol.

Throughout this manual you will findspecial notations:

• Warning

• Caution

• Note

v CAUTION

CAUTION indicates a potentiallyhazardous situation which, if notavoided, may result in minor or mod-erate injuries, or damage to yourvehicle or other property.

* or (option): The asterisk and (option)in this manual signify an item ofequipment that is not included on allvehicles. Such items include engineoptions, model variations specific toone country, and optional equipment.

All information, illustrations, and speci-fications in this manual are based onthe latest product information availableat the time of publication.

NOTE

NOTE indicates information whichwill assist you with maintenance orother instructions concerning yourvehicle.

We reserve the right to change specifi-cations or designs at any time withoutnotice and without incurring obligation.

This vehicle may not comply with thestandards or regulations of other coun-tries. Before attempting to register thisvehicle in any other country, check allapplicable regulations and make anynecessary modifications.

This manual describes the options andtrims available at the time of publica-tion. Some of the items covered maynot apply to your vehicle. Contact yourdistributor for information on optionand trim availability.

Non- Genuine parts and accessorieshave not been examined or approved byour company. We can certify neither thesuitability nor the safety of non- Genu-ine parts and accessories and are not li-able for damage caused by their use.

Important: Read Section 1 ("Seats andOccupant Protection Systems") of thismanual fully and carefully before op-erating your vehicle.

Page 3: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS ................................................................................ 1-1(Important information about safety belts, air bags, child seats and other safety features)

2. INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS ........................................................................................................... 2-1(Information about instruments, gauges and vehicle controls)

3. DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE ...................................................................................................................... 3-1(Information about how to drive your vehicle under various conditions.)

4. CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM ......................................................................................... 4-1(How to operate your heating, ventilation, air conditioning and audio systems)

5. EMERGENCIES ......................................................................................................................................... 5-1(Important information about what to do if you have a problem while driving)

6. SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE. ............................................................................................................. 6-1(Information about how to properly maintain your vehicle.)

7. VEHICLE MAINTENANCE ....................................................................................................................... 7-1(Information about vehicle maintenance)

8. TECHNICAL INFORMATION .................................................................................................................. 8-1(Vehicle specifications, lubricant types and other useful information)

9. INDEX ...................................................................................................................................................... 9-1

Page 4: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English
Page 5: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS 1–1

SEATS AND OCCUPANTPROTECTION SYSTEMS1

• ALWAYS WEAR YOUR SAFETY BELTS ................... 1-2

• FRONT SEAT OCCUPANTS ................................... 1-6

• REAR SEAT OCCUPANTS ...................................... 1-6

• SAFETY BELT WARNING CHIME ........................... 1-6

• THREE-POINT SAFETY BELTS ............................... 1-6

• SAFETY BELT PRETENSIONER ............................... 1-8

• SAFETY BELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT ................... 1-8

• REMOVABLE CENTER REAR SAFETY BELT ............ 1-9

• PREGNANT WOMEN AND SAFETY BELTS ......... 1-10

• CHILD RESTRAINT .............................................. 1-10

• LOWER CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHORS .............. 1-12

• HEAD RESTRAINTS ............................................. 1-14

• FRONT SEATS ..................................................... 1-15

• REAR SEATS ......................................................... 1-17

• SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM(AIR BAG) ............................................................ 1-21

Page 6: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

1–2 SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS

vvvvv WARNING

• Safety belts have been shown tobe the single most effective protec-tion against injury or death in avehicular accident!

• As the owner and driver of yourvehicle, you must make certainthat each occupant is properlywearing the safety belt provided atthe seating position.

• Pregnant women, injured, andphysically impaired personsshould also wear safety belts. Likeall other occupants, they are morelikely to suffer serious injury ordeath, if they do not do so.

• The best way to protect the fetusis to protect the mother.

• Why safety belts work, how towear them, and how to adjust yourseat position properly, is explainedin this section. Read all of the in-formation provided and alwaysobserve these instructions andwarnings in order to gain the fullbenefit of these safety systems.

ALWAYS WEAR YOUR SAFETYBELTS!Occupant protection has been the focusof much private and public researchand development for many years. Thetwo vehicle components which are in-corporated into the vehicle solely for theprotection of the occupants in vehicleaccidents are the safety belts providedat each seating position and the supple-mental restraint system, or air bags,provided at the driver and front passen-ger seat positions. The safety belts canprotect you and your passengers onlyif they are used. The air bag is asupplemental protective device that ismore effective and safer as a restrain-ing device when the safety belts arebeing used.

WHY WEAR SAFETY BELTS?

Safety belts are helpful for several dis-tinct reasons:

1) Safety belts attach the occupants tothe vehicle so that they will not beejected during an accident.

2) Safety belts attach the occupant tothe vehicle so that they can use thespace between their pre-crash seatingposition and the front of the vehicleto slow down to a stop more gradu-ally, as their safety belts stretch andthe front end of the vehicle absorbsthe energy of the crash by crumpling.

3) Safety belts keep the driver in hisseat, so that the driver might have achance to regain control in certainaccident situations.

4) Safety belts keep occupants from be-ing catapulted into and injuring thedriver and other occupants.

Page 7: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS 1–3

WHY SAFETY BELTS WORK!

Safety belts cannot work unless they areworn and worn properly.

Vehicle occupants are injured if theforces applied to the body’s structuresare greater than the body can toleratewithout being injured. If a person’sbody is stopped abruptly, the forcesapplied to the body will be high,whereas if the body is slowed downgradually over some distance, the forceswill be much lower. Thus, in order toprotect an occupant from injury in acrash, the idea is to give the person asmuch time and distance as possible incoming to a stop.

Imagine a person running at 15 milesper hour (25 km/h) head first into a con-crete wall. Imagine a second person run-ning at 15 miles per hour into a wallcovered by a 3-foot (90 cm) thick de-formable cushion. In the first instancethe person could be seriously injured oreven killed. In the second, the runnercould expect to walk away uninjured.Why? In the first instance, the body hitthe non-yielding concrete surface and

stopped immediately. All of the energythe sprinter built up was absorbed bythe structures of the body, not by thenon-yielding concrete surface. In thesecond example, the body had exactlythe same amount of energy that had tobe absorbed as in the first example, butit continued to move into the padding,giving the body additional time and dis-tance to slow down to a complete stopas the padding absorbed the sprinter’senergy by deforming.

If a car crashes into a concrete wall at30 miles per hour (50 km/h), the frontbumper of the car stops immediately,but the passenger compartment stopsmore gradually as the front structure ofthe vehicle crumples. The belted occu-pant is held to the seat and gains theadvantage of the cushion provided bythe crumpling of the front of the vehicleand the stretching of the safety beltwebbing. That belted occupant’s bodyslows down from 50 km/h (30 mph) tozero over a distance of 90-120 cm(3-4 feet). That belted occupant also re-mains properly positioned so that, if theair bag deploys in a frontal collision,

the occupant might never strike anyrigid structures in the vehicle. Theunbelted occupant receives no such ben-efit. The unbelted person is not attachedto the vehicle and so that person con-tinues to travel at the vehicle’s pre-crashspeed of 30 miles per hour (50 km/h)until striking a hard object at approxi-mately 30 miles per hour (50 km/h)and stopping abruptly. Even in a fron-tal collision in which the air bag de-ploys, the unbelted front seat occupantremains at greater risk of serious injuryor death than the properly restrainedfront seat occupant. (See “SUPPLE-MENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM” inthe index)

Page 8: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

1–4 SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS

vvvvv WARNING

SAFETY BELTS PROTECT

Accident statistics show that driversand passengers properly wearingsafety belts have a lower risk of be-ing injured and a higher chance ofsurviving an accident. For this rea-son, wearing a safety belt is legallyrequired in most countries.

WEARING THE SAFETY BELT

Each front seat and each outboardrear seat of your vehicle is equippedwith a three-point safety belt systemthat is anchored at three locations.Both front seats and outboard rearseats’ belts are stored and locked bya retractor mechanism. When set inits normal emergency locking mode,the three-point safety belt requires nolength adjustment and allows free-dom of movement when the vehiclemoves at constant speeds.

(Continued)

vvvvv WARNING

However in a sudden or strong stop,or during heavy acceleration or de-celeration, the safety belt will lockautomatically to restrain the body.In order to gain the full benefit of asafety belt, you must wear it cor-rectly and position yourself correctlywithin your seat, as follows:• Seatback upright (not reclined, to

keep you from “submarining” orslipping out from under the safetybelt, and injuring vulnerable bodyparts in a crash.)

• Occupant sitting upright (notslouched, to properly position thelap and shoulder portions of thesafety belt for maximum restraintand minimum injury to soft andvulnerable parts of your body ina crash)

• Safety belt latch plate and bucklesecurely fastened with a “click” (ifthe seat belt is not securely latched,it cannot provide any protection;pull on the belt to make sure it issecure)

vvvvv WARNING

• Lap portion of safety belt snug andlow on hips and bony pelvis (notabdomen where the restrainingbelt could cause serious injury ina crash – THIS IS PARTICU-LARLY IMPORTANT FORPREGNANT WOMEN)

• Shoulder portion of the safety beltsover your outside shoulder andsnug against the chest (not underan arm, around your neck, overan inside shoulder or behind yourback, and not loose with slack al-lowing excessive forward move-ment and injury in a crash)

• Knees straight forward (so thedriver’s side front knee bolsters canhelp prevent you from “submarin-ing” under the belt in a crash)

(Continued)(Continued)

Page 9: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS 1–5

vvvvv WARNING

• Only one occupant per one safetybelt (do not allow more than oneperson in a safety belt; multiplepeople in a single safety belt canexceed the capacity of the safetybelts and people sharing a safetybelt can cause crushing and otherinjuries to each other in a crash)

• Children in secure child seats (ina crash the forces are too great foran adult to hold onto a child andthe adult will crush the child ifthey share the same safety belt)

• No unbelted occupants (occupantsnot wearing a safety belt are aninjury threat to themselves and toother occupants in the vehicle be-cause in a crash they become afree-flying body that will strikeother persons in their path)

(Continued)

vvvvv WARNING

• No twisted seat belts (twisted seatbelts will not move freely and re-strain properly and can cut intothe occupants rather than spreadthe force, thus increasing the riskof injury and death)

• Lock doors (unlocked doors in-crease the risk of injury and deathfrom external impacts and ejectionin a crash)

• Make periodic checks (whileriding in the vehicle, check fromtime to time to be sure that the lapportion of the belt is snugly acrossthe hips and has not ridden uparound the waist and that theshoulder portion is midway overthe shoulder and across the chest;properly positioned belts allow thestronger structures of the hips andshoulders to absorb the forces ofthe belt against the body, whileimproperly positioned belts maycause neck injury or injury to thevulnerable organs in the abdomi-nal area).

vvvvv WARNING

If the safety belt goes over an arm-rest (if so eqipped), lap portion of thesafety belt could force the occupant’sabdomen, not the bony pelvis, in acollision.

• Be sure that the safety belt goesunder the armrests.

Failure to follow this can result ininjuries or even death in case of acollision.

Page 10: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

1–6 SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS

REAR SEAT OCCUPANTSThe rear seat is equipped with two out-board seating positions and a centerseating position featuring three-pointlap-and-shoulder safety belts.

Each outboard seating positions areequipped with child restraint lower an-chors. (See “LOWER CHILD RE-STRAINT ANCHORS” in the index formore information)

SAFETY BELT WARNING CHIMEThe safety belt warning chime willsound for about 6 seconds when theignition switch is ON unless the driver’ssafety belt is securely fastened. If youhear this warning chime, make sure thedriver’s safety belt is securely fastenedbefore operating the vehicle.

THREE-POINT SAFETY BELTSTo help reduce the risk of personal in-jury in collisions or sudden maneuvers,your vehicle is equipped with three-point safety belts. The two front seats,the two outboard rear seating positionsand a center rear seating position areeach equipped with three-point safetybelts. These safety belts are each an-chored in three locations to restrain pas-sengers who are properly positionedand wearing the safety belt.

A three-point safety belt set in the ELR(Emergency Locking Retractor) moderequires no length adjustment and al-lows the freedom of body movementwhen the vehicle moves at a constantspeed.

However, in the event of a sudden orstrong stop, or during heavy accelera-tion or deceleration, the safety belt willlock automatically to restrain the body.

FRONT SEAT OCCUPANTSEach front seat is equipped with adjust-able seat and seatback with height-ad-justable head restraint, three point lap-and-shoulder safety belts, and a supple-mental restraint system (air bag).

Page 11: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS 1–7

Always fasten your safety belts cor-rectly:

1. Close and lock the doors.

2. Make sure seatback is upright.

3. Pick up the safety belt latch plate anduse it to pull the belt across yourbody. Make sure the belt is nottwisted. If the seat belt locks as youare pulling it out, allow it to rewindinto the retractor. Pull the seat beltout again to a comfortable and se-cure length.

4. Position the shoulder belt midwayover the shoulder and across thechest. Never place the shoulder belt

across the neck. This assures that inthe case of a collision, the belt ap-plies force to the shoulder bones andkeeps the impact away from ribs orneck, helping to avoid serious inter-nal injuries.

5. Wear the lap belt low and snug onthe hips, not the waist. This assuresthat in the case of a collision, thebelt applies force to the pelvic bonesand not the abdomen, helping toavoid serious injuries.

6. Push the latch plate firmly into thebuckle until the mechanism clicks.Make sure you are using the properbuckle. Be sure to position the re-lease button on the buckle so you canunbuckle the seat belt quickly if nec-essary.

7. Pull up on the latch plate to makesure it is secure.

To remove the seat belt, press the redbutton on the buckle. The belt will re-tract automatically. Guide the safetybelt as it retracts to prevent the latchplate from damaging interior surfacesor injuring occupants.

S3W1061A S3W1062A

Page 12: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

1–8 SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS

Maintain your safety belts:

1. Periodically inspect all safety belts,related parts, and assemblies. Havethese replaced by a authorized re-pairer if any safety belts, assembliesor related parts are damaged.

2. You must replace any safety belt orrelated part that has been stretchedor damaged in an accident, even ifthe stretching or damage is not ob-vious or visible. Stretched belts anddamaged parts do not perform effec-tively. Replacement safety belts mustbe new.

3. We recommend replacing the entiresafety belt assembly after your ve-hicle has been in a collision. If yourauthorized repairer finds that nosafety belt damage has occurred andthat everything is in proper workingorder, you need not make any re-placement.

4. It is dangerous to operate your ve-hicle with damaged safety belts orother parts.

SAFETY BELT HEIGHTADJUSTMENTTo operate safety belts with a height-adjustable upper anchorage point, dothe following:

1. Pull on the safety belt.

2. Press the safety belt height adjustorin the area indicated by the arrow inthe illustration.

3. Adjust the safety belt height beforeyou begin driving, so that the shoul-der belt lies midway across the shoul-der closest to your door.

S3W1071A

SAFETY BELT PRETENSIONERThe safety belt for each of the frontseats is equipped with an automatic beltpretensioner.Restraint systems with a safety beltpretensioner reduce the risk of injury inthe event of a head-on collision.These safety belt pretensioners are al-ways activated in a severe head-on col-lisions so that the driver and front pas-senger are held securely in their seats.The safety belt pretensioner is not trig-gered in minor frontal, rear or side col-lisions or rollovers.If the pretensioner has been activatedbecause of an accident or any other rea-son, the pretensioner and seat belt mustbe replaced.

L3W1081A

Page 13: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS 1–9

vvvvv WARNING

Never drive with an improperly po-sitioned safety belt. To help avoid in-juries, always observe the followingprecautions:

• Adjust the safety belt height be-fore driving.

• Wear the shoulder belt midwayacross the shoulder.

• Lock the seat belt anchor in posi-tion.

Failure to follow these precautionscan result in injuries or even deathin case of a collision.

REMOVABLE CENTER REARSAFETY BELTYour vehicle is equipped with a remov-able center rear safety belt. This safetybelt system includes a retractable safetybelt, a buckle with black release button,a buckle with red release button marked“CENTER”, which forms the threepoint safety belt.

See “THREE POINT SAFETY BELT”in the index to learn how to use thethree point safety belt system properly.

vvvvv WARNING

Misadjustment of the safety beltheight could reduce the effectivenessof the safety belt in a crash.

vvvvv CAUTION

Use the strap guide for designed pur-pose only(Hatchback models only).

• Do not use the strap guide as ahandle when folding or restoringthe rear seatback.

• Do not hold harnesses, rear out-board safety belts or other itemsor equipment in your vehicle.

NOTE

The latch plate at the end of the cen-ter safety belt strap only fits in thebuckle with black release button.

To install the center rear safety belt:

1. Pull the center rear safety belt fromthe retractor.

2. Push the latch plate at the end of thesafety belt strap into the buckle withblack release button until the mecha-nism clicks. Make sure the strap isnot twisted. You must be able to seethe metal part of the latch plate asshown in the illustration when youfinish this step.

2

1

S3W1081A

Metal partfacing forward

Hatchback only

Page 14: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

1–10 SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS

PREGNANT WOMEN ANDSAFETY BELTSSafety belts work for everyone, includ-ing pregnant women.

Like all occupants, pregnant women aremore likely to be seriously injured ifthey do not wear safety belts. In addi-tion, when a safety belt is worn prop-erly, it is more likely that the unbornchild will be safe in a crash.

To provide maximum protection, apregnant women should wear a three-point safety belt. She should wear thelap portion of the belt as low as pos-sible throughout her pregnancy.

vvvvv WARNING

Child safety restraints are availablein a wide range of sizes and configu-rations. Due to the shape and dimen-sions of your vehicle’s interior andseats, not all child safety restraintswill fit in your vehicle.

It is your responsibility to ensure thatthe child safety restraint you are in-stalling fits properly and can be ad-equately attached to the vehicle withthe safety belts and the child safetyrestraint anchors.

A child safety restraint that is not thecorrect size for the vehicle or thechild, or a child safety restraint thatis improperly attached to your ve-hicle can lead to serious personalinjury to the child and other passen-gers in the vehicle in the event of acollision.

CHILD RESTRAINT3. (Hatchback models only) Insert the

upper part of the strap into the strapguide making sure the strap is nottwisted.

vvvvv WARNING

• After a collision, inspect all safetybelts and related parts for frayingor other damage. Ask your Autho-rized Service Operation to replaceany damaged parts.

• It is dangerous to operate your ve-hicle with damaged safety belts orother parts.

Failure to make appropriate repairsmay result in additional damage toyour vehicle or personal injuries.

Page 15: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS 1–11

Children who have outgrown their childrestraint system should sit in the rearseat, restrained by the safety belt thatis fastened properly, making sure thatthe shoulder portion is adjusted to be asfar away from the neck as possible andthat the lap portion is low across thehips. Check the belt position from timeto time to verify that it is safely posi-tioned.

If the child must sit in a front seat,make certain that the shoulder belt doesnot lie across the child’s face or neck.If it does, move the child closer to thecenter of the vehicle so that the safetybelt is on the child’s shoulder.

Never let the child stand or kneel on theseat, or in the cargo areas, while yourvehicle is moving.

When the child seat is not in use, se-cure the seat with the vehicle’s safetybelt or remove it from the vehicle.

vvvvv WARNING

• Never hold a baby in your armswhile riding in a vehicle. Be sureto secure infants and small childrenin restraints approved for their use.

• During a crash, a baby will be-come so heavy you can’t hold it.For example, in a crash at only25 mph (40 km/h), a 12-lb (5.5 kg)baby will become a 240-lb (110 kg)force against your arms.

• Failing to secure infants and smallchildren in restraints approved fortheir use can result in injury duringa collision, or even death.

• According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than ina front seat.

• Do not install any child restraint inthe front passenger’s seat if yourvehicle is equipped with side airbag.See “SIDE AIR BAGS” in the indexfor more information.

(Continued)

Once you have selected an appropriateinfant or child restraint, read and care-fully follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installing and using the system.The child restraint system should beappropriate for your child’s age, heightand weight; and it should fit properlyand securely in the vehicle. There aredifferent kinds of restraint systems thatare available for all sizes of childrenuntil they reach a height and weight atwhich they can safely use the vehicle’ssafety belt system.

vvvvv WARNING

Your vehicle is designed to fit uni-versal child restraint seat only to theeach rear outboard seating positions.

• Do not install universal child re-straint seat to the front passenger’sseat and/or rear center seatingposition.

Accident statistics show that children aresafer in accidents when they are re-strained in the rear seat rather than thefront seat of the vehicle.

Page 16: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

1–12 SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS

LOWER CHILD RESTRAINTANCHORSIn the past, child restraints have beenattached to a vehicle’s seat by safetybelts. As a result, child restraints wereoften installed incorrectly or too looselyto adequately protect your child. Wenow equip your vehicle with LowerChild Restraint Anchors at the two rearoutboard seating positions, allowingchild restraints to be attached directlyto the body of the vehicle.

To install a child restraint which comesequipped with lower anchor attach-ments, follow the instructions suppliedwith your child restraint and the “Instal-lation of Child Restraints with LowerAnchor Attachments” procedure on thefollowing pages of this manual.

Please take the time to carefully readand follow all of the instructions on thefollowing pages and the instructionssupplied with your child restraint.

Your child’s safety depends on it!

If you have questions, or any doubtswhether you have installed your childrestraint properly, contact the child re-straint manufacturer. If you are still hav-ing trouble installing the child restraintin your vehicle, please consult yourauthorized repairer.

vvvvv WARNING

(Continued)• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag infront of it! Always secure a rear-facing child restraint in the rearseat.

S3W1101A S4W1111ALower anchors

Page 17: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS 1–13

Installation of child restraints withlower anchor attachments

To install a child restraint designed forattachment to lower anchors:

1. Select one of the rear outboard seat-ing positions for installation of thechild restraint.

vvvvv WARNING

Use all child restraint anchors fortheir designed purpose only.

Child restraint lower anchors are de-signed only to hold child restraintswhich come equipped with lower an-chor attachments.

• Do not use child restraint loweranchors to hold adult safety belts,harnesses, or other items of equip-ment in your vehicle.

Using child restraint anchors to holdadult safety belts, harnesses, or otheritems or equipment in your vehiclewill not provide adequate protectionin the case of a collision and couldresult in injuries or even death.

2. Locate the two Lower Child Re-straint Anchor positions. The loca-tion of each lower anchor is identi-fied with a circular marking on thelower edge of the rear seatback.

3. To access the Lower Child RestraintAnchors, fully open the zippers cov-ering each of the two anchors.

S3W1122AS4W1121AProper installation positions

Page 18: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

1–14 SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS

vvvvv WARNING

Removed or improperly adjustedhead restraints can result in serioushead and neck injuries in case of acollision.

HEAD RESTRAINTSHead restraints are designed to reducethe risk of neck injuries in case of a col-lision.

For maximum protection, slide the headrestraint up or down so the top of therestraint is level with the top of yourears.

To adjust the front and rear* head re-straints, raise the head restraint or pushit down while pressing the releasebutton.

6. Adjust and tighten the child restraintaccording to the instructions suppliedwith the child restraint.

7. Push and pull on the child restraintafter installation to be sure the childrestraint is secure.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Keep the zippers covering theLower Child Restraint Anchorsclosed when the anchors are notin use.

Leaving the zipper covers opencould allow foreign objects to accu-mulate around the Lower Child Re-straint Anchors, interfering with theproper latching of the child restraintto the anchors.

4. Make sure there are no foreign ob-jects around the Lower Child Re-straint Anchors, including safety beltbuckles or safety belts. Foreign ob-jects can interfere with the properlatching of the child restraint to theanchors.

5. Place the child restraint on the seatover the two Lower Child RestraintAnchors and attach it to the anchorsfollowing the instructions suppliedwith the child restraint.

S4W1123A

Page 19: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS 1–15

vvvvv WARNING

• Do not adjust the driver’s seatwhile the vehicle is moving.

Driver could lose control of the ve-hicle and injury or property damagecould result.

FRONT SEATSFRONT SEAT SLIDE ADJUSTMENT

To move the front seat forward orbackward:

1. Pull up and hold the lever locatedunder the front side of the front seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desired position.

3. Release the lever.

FRONT SEAT RECLINING ADJUSTMENT

To tilt seatback forward or backward,turn the handwheel on the inside of theseatback until the seatback is adjustedto the desired position.

vvvvv WARNING

• Do not adjust the driver’s seatbackwhile the vehicle is moving.

Driver could lose control of the ve-hicle and injury or property damagecould result.

If the head restraint must be removedfor any reason,

1. Pull it up to the stop position.

2. While pushing the release button, liftthe head restraint from the guidesleeve.

3. Replace head restraint and reset it inintended position before driving.

vvvvv WARNING

Make sure that the head restraint hasbeen put back into place and read-justed before driving.

S3W1131A S3W1141A S3W1151A

Page 20: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

1–16 SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS

DRIVER’S SEAT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT*

To adjust the position of the driver’s seatcushion, turn the handwheel on the out-side of the seat cushion until the seatcushion is adjusted to the desired posi-tion.

S3W1161A

vvvvv WARNING

If a crash occurs, front occupants inreclined seats can lose restrainingbenefits of the seatback and safetybelts by sliding out from under thesafety belt or by being thrown intothe seat belt in an awkward position.

• Do not position either frontseatback in the reclined positionwhile the vehicle is being oper-ated.

Serious injuries, death and ejectionfrom the vehicle can result.

S5W1002A

EASY ENTRY FRONT SEATS*

(3 door hatchback only)

To facilitate entering and leaving therear seat area, tilt the front seatbackforward by pulling up the release leveron the outboard side of the seat back.

To return the seat back to the originalposition, lift up the seat back and pushit firmly into position.

vvvvv WARNING

When returning the seat back, makesure it is securely latched in place bypushing rearward on top of seatback.

Page 21: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS 1–17

vvvvv WARNING

• Do not stack luggage or othercargo higher than the front seats.

• Do not allow passengers to sit onthe folded seatbacks while the ve-hicle is in motion.

• Your vehicle has separate areasdesigned specifically for carryingcargo or passengers.

• Unrestrained luggage or passen-gers on a folded seatback can bethrown about within or ejectedfrom the vehicle in a sudden stopor accident.

Serious injuries or death can result.

REAR SEATSFOLDING REAR SEATBACK To return a rear seatback to its origi-

nal position:

1. Hook the safety belts to the retain-ing guide to make sure the safetybelts are not pinched by the latch.

2. Lift the rear seatback and push tooriginal position.

3. Latch the seatback into place bypushing on the top of the seatback.

4. Pull the seatback forward again tomake sure the seatback is properlylatched.

5. Unhook the safety belts from theretaining guide.

To fold down the rear seatbacks sepa-rately:

1. Pull up on the release knob on topof the rear seatback.

2. Fold the rear seatback forward anddown.

S4W1171A S5W1001A

Retaining guide

Page 22: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

1–18 SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS

To fold the rear seat forward to in-crease luggage space:

1. Fold down the rear seatback.

See “FOLDING REAR SEATBACK”earlier in this section.

2. If your vehicle is equipped with ad-justable headrest, push the head re-straints fully down.

See “HEAD RESTRAINTS” in theindex.

3. Pull the safety belt and safety beltbuckles out of the space betweenseatback and seatback cushion.

S3W1181A

vvvvv WARNING

• Do not stack luggage or othercargo higher than the front seats.

• Do not allow passengers to sit onrear compartment when the rearseats are folded forward.

• Unrestrained luggage or passen-gers in rear compartment can bethrown about within or ejectedfrom the vehicle in a sudden stopor accident.

Serious injuries or death can result.

DOUBLE FOLDING REAR SEAT(HATCH BACK ONLY)

vvvvv WARNING

• Ensure that the rear seatbacks areall the way back and locked inposition before operating the ve-hicle with passengers in the backseat.

• Do not pull the release knobs onthe top of the seatback while thevehicle is moving.

Pulling the release knobs while thevehicle is moving can cause injuriesor damage to the occupants.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Make sure the safety belts arehooked to retaining guide.

Failure to follow this precaution canresult in the damage of your safetybelts.

6. Install the center rear safety belt.

See “REMOVABLE CENTER REARSAFETY BELT” in the index for in-stallation.

Page 23: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS 1–19

4. Unlock the rear seat cushion by pull-ing the release handles on the rearside of the seat cushion backward.

S3W1182A

5. Lift and fold the seat up and hold itto the headrest of the front seat us-ing built-in hook.

vvvvv CAUTION

When the rear seat is folded forward,place the rear safety belt and safetybelt buckles in the storage to preventdamage of the safety belt and buckleby careless handling.

6. Place the rear safety belt and safetybelt buckles into the storage beneaththe floor mat.

S3W1184AS3W1183A

Page 24: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

1–20 SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS

5. Put the rear safety belt and the buck-les back into the space between therear seatback and the seat cushion.

Make sure that the straps of thesafety belt are not twisted.

S3W1185A

3. Lock the rear seat cushion on thefloor. Make sure that the rear seatcushion is securely latched by pull-ing it up and down.

4. Return the rear seatback to its origi-nal position. Make sure that theseatback is securely latched by pull-ing it back and forth. See “FOLD-ING REAR SEATBACK” in the in-dex or earlier in the section.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Make sure the safety belts arehooked to retaining guide.

Failure to follow this precaution canresult in the damage of your safetybelts.

To return the rear seat to its original po-sition:

1. Release the hook from the headrestof the front seat.

2. Guide the rear seat cushion downmaking sure that the rear safety beltand the safety belt buckles are out oftheir storage.

vvvvv CAUTION

Damage to the safety belt buckle orrear seat locking mechanism can oc-cur if the safety belt and buckles arepinched under the rear seat cushion.

• Do not place the safety belt andbuckles on the floor under the rearseat cushion when the rear seat isset back to the sitting position.

Page 25: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS 1–21

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (AIR BAG)Your vehicle is equipped with an airbag supplemental restraint system (SRS)designed to protect properly seated andrestrained front seat occupants. Both thedriver and front passenger seating po-sitions are equipped with driver andpassenger air bags and side air bags (ifso equipped), in addition to three-pointsafety belts and other safety features.Each air bag is specially packed in amodule, from which the air bag is de-signed to inflate and deploy at ex-tremely high speed and force in theevent your vehicle is involved in certaintypes of collisions which pose a highrisk of serious injury or death to thedriver and passengers.

WARNING

Air bags are only a supplemental re-straint, and are most effective incombination with safety belts.

All occupants, including the driver,should always wear their safety belts,whether or not an air bag is also pro-vided at their seating position, tominimize the risk of severe injury ordeath in the event of a crash.

• Air bags do not deploy in side orrear collisions. Occupants notwearing their safety belts will notbe protected by any restraint sys-tem, resulting in severe injuries ordeath in these types of collisions.

• Occupants who are not properlywearing their safety belts may bethrown forward by braking beforeimpact, placing their bodies nearor against the air bag modules.This can cause severe injury fromthe force of an air bag’s deploy-ment.

DRIVER’S AND FRONT PASSENGER’SAIR BAG

Driver’s air bag

The driver’s air bag module is locatedin the center of the steering wheel.

Front passenger’s air bag*

The passenger’s air bag module is lo-cated in the instrument panel, above theglove box.

S3W1201A

Driver’s air bag Front passenger’sair bag

Page 26: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

1–22 SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS

NOTE

An air bag can also inflate in mod-erate to severe non-collision situations(e.g., slamming the undercarriage orother solid component of the vehiclein a dip in the driving surface) wherethe crash sensors generate a signalequivalent to a crash into a solid im-movable barrier at 9 to 14 mph(14.5 ~ 23 km/h)

or below the crash severity at which astatistical risk of death begins for fron-tal collisions.

In the real world, cars rarely crashsquarely into immovable walls; air bagsmost often deploy when a vehicle col-lides with another vehicle. The actualspeed at which the air bags will inflatemay be higher in the real world, be-cause real-world accidents usually in-volve more complicated multi-vehicleimpacts, angled impacts, and incom-plete frontal impacts (e.g. sideswipes),and because the object struck is usuallynot immovable. Because another ve-hicle soaks up some of the force of im-pact, unlike an immovable wall, an 9 to14 mph (14.5 ~ 23 km/h) crash into animmovable wall is equivalent to a head-on full frontal impact with a stationaryvehicle of equal size and weight, whiletraveling at a speed of 16 to 28 mph (26~ 45 km/h).

How air bags work

Air bags are designed to keep yourhead, neck, and chest from slamminginto the instrument panel, steering wheelor windshield in a front-end crash. Theyare not designed to inflate in rear-endor rollover crashes or in most side-im-pact crashes. Your air bags are designedto deploy in crashes that are equivalentto, or exceed the force of a vehicletraveling at a speed of 9 to 14 mph(14.5 ~ 23 km/h) crashing into a solidimmovable wall.

This crash severity level at which theair bag will deploy was selected to as-sure inflation of air bags in vehicles at

S3W1202A

Page 27: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS 1–23

Air bags inflate when a sensor detectsa front-end crash of a severity sufficientfor air bag deployment. The crash sen-sor sends an electric signal to initiatethe air bag’s inflation. A propellant isignited which rapidly burns inside theair bag module, producing enough ni-trogen gas to fully inflate the air bag.The chemical process and nitrogen gasare harmless to the vehicle’s occupants.Within 0.045 seconds of the crash de-tection, the pressure of the inflating airbag splits open the plastic trim cover-ing on the module, which is scored onthe inside surface to allow the trim ofthe steering wheel hub or passenger-sideinstrument panel to split open underforce.

The air bag fully inflates to create a sur-face that can catch the forward move-ment of the front occupant’s head andupper torso. As the occupant comes intocontact with the air bag, the gas in thebag empties through holes at the baseof the bag to soak up the force from theoccupant’s forward movement.

vvvvv WARNING

Air bags are only a supplemental re-straint, and are most effective incombination with safety belts.

All occupants, including the driver,should always wear their safety beltswhether or not an air bag is also pro-vided at their seating position, tominimize the risk of severe injury ordeath in the event of a crash.

(Continued)

NOTE

Air bags cannot smother you andthey don’t restrict your movement.Air bags have vents, so they deflateimmediately after cushioning you.

The entire process, from initial contactthrough the air bag’s inflation and de-flation, occurs within 0.2 seconds, fasterthan the blink of an eye. Because thecollision is over in a fraction of a sec-ond, and vehicles involved in an acci-dent usually come to the final point ofrest only one or two seconds after ini-tial contact, the supplemental restraintsystem must sense the crash and causethe air bags to deploy nearly instanta-neously to protect the vehicle’s occu-pants.

SIDE AIR BAGS*

The side air bag modules are locatedin the outboard side of the frontseatbacks.

S3W1211A

Page 28: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

1–24 SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS

vvvvv WARNING

Children who are seated in closeproximity to a side air bag may beat risk of serious or fatal injury ifthe air bag deploys, especially if thechild’s head, neck, or chest is closeto the air bag at the time of deploy-ment.

• Never let your child lean on thedoor or close to the side air bagmodule.

• Make sure that the safest place inthe vehicle for your properlyseated and restrained child is theback seat.

How the side air bags work

Side air bags are designed to keep yourhead, neck, arm, and shoulder fromslamming into the front door and win-dow in a lateral crash.

The side air bags inflate when a sensordetects a lateral crash of a severity suf-ficient for the side air bag deployment.

Your side air bags are designed todeploy in lateral collisions thatare equivalent to, or exceed the forceof a vehicle traveling at a speed of15.5 mph (25 km/h) crashing into asolid immovable wall.

The fact that your vehicle was involvedin a crash and the side air bags did notinflate does not necessarily mean thatthere is something wrong with your sideair bags. Side air bags are designed toinflate in a side collision, not in front-end, rear-end, or rollover crashes if theydon’t produce sufficient lateral impactfor the deployment of the side air bags.

vvvvv WARNING

(Continued)• Do not place objects on or near

the side air bag modules in theoutboard side of each front seats.They can become projectiles dur-ing inflation, causing severe in-jury.

• Do not install accessory seat cov-ers on the front seats. The deploy-ment of the side air bags can beobstructed in a collision leading toserious injury.

• Do not lean your body part orhead on the door. The side air bagcan hit the occupants with a con-siderable force when it deploys ina collision leading to serious in-jury.

• Do not install any child restraintin the front passenger’s seat ifyour vehicle is equipped with theside air bag.

Failure to follow these precautionscan result in serious injury or evendeath.

Page 29: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS 1–25

AFTER THE AIR BAG DEPLOYS

After the air bag deflates, you may no-tice a burning smell, smoke, and whitepowder in the interior of the vehicle.This is normal. The burning smell isfrom the propellant that was ignited toinflate the airbag. The white powder iscornstarch or talcum or sodium com-pounds which lubricate the air bag toreduce friction on the air bag duringstorage and inflation. Although theymay cause some skin or eye irritation,these substances are not toxic.

SRS SERVICING

Your Supplemental Restraint System(SRS) is virtually maintenance free.

However, if any of the following occurs,have your SRS serviced immediately byan authorized repairer.

• Any of your air bag has deployed.

• The air bag warning lamp indicatesmalfunction. See “AIR BAG WARN-ING LAMP” in the index.

NOTE

If your vehicle is equipped with sideair bags, the front seat assembly mustbe replaced after the side air bag hasbeen deployed. Contact your autho-rized repairer for more information.

vvvvv WARNING

• Do not drive your vehicle afterone or more air bags have de-ployed.

• Do not try to repair, alter, or dis-pose of the air bag yourself.

• Air bags are installed under highpressure with sophisticated crashsensing and air bag inflating sys-tems. Allowing an untrained andunauthorized person to handle anair bag can lead to serious inju-ries and death.

• Contact your authorized repairerimmediately if either of yourvehicle’s air bag has deployed, ifdamage occurs to your vehicle ator near either of the air bag mod-ules, or if you believe for any rea-son that the operating condition ofeither air bag has been impaired.

Driving a vehicle after an air baghas deployed without authorized ser-vice can result in severe injuries anddeath.

Page 30: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

1–26 SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS

In a crash, a vehicle may go from high-way speed to a full stop in a fractionof a second and in a distance of lessthan one foot. This extremely short stop-ping time and distance greatly increasesthe force placed upon the occupants. Noperson has the strength or reflexes tocounteract this force. Even occupantsproperly positioned and wearing theirsafety belts will find their head, uppertorso, arms, and hips thrown forwardat the speed the vehicle was travelingbefore impact. In moderate to severefrontal collisions, even occupants wear-ing safety belts can sustain internalbrain and organ injuries without theoccupant’s head or torso hitting any sta-tionary objects or surfaces.

Air bags provide additional stoppingtime and distance for the head and up-per torsos of front occupants in moder-ate to severe frontal or near-frontal col-lisions. This additional time and dis-tance can save lives and prevent seri-ous injuries.

All of these injuries are caused by theforce created by the collision as the ve-hicle is brought to a sudden stop. Thetime and distance which a vehicle is al-lowed in slowing or stopping in greatpart determines the severity of acollision’s effect on vehicle occupants.For example, when a vehicle brakes toa stop at a red light, the occupant’s bod-ies are forced forward. This is becauseboth the vehicle and its occupants areinitially traveling at the same speed.The brakes slow the vehicle, and the oc-cupants continue to move forwardsomewhat inside the vehicle. However,properly positioned and restrained oc-cupants are rarely injured when a ve-hicle comes to a stop by even suddenand hard braking. This is because evenhard braking allows a comparativelylong time and distance for the vehicleto stop. The safety belts and the occu-pants’ strength are generally sufficientto safely counteract the force of a brak-ing stop.

HOW AIR BAGS PROTECT FRONTOCCUPANTS

Vehicle occupants are usually injured ina collision because their bodies arethrown into a stationary object, eitherinside the vehicle, such as the steeringwheel, instrument panel or windshield,or outside the vehicle, such as the driv-ing surface or a tree, when the occupantis thrown from the vehicle. Severe in-juries also occur by occupants beingjolted by the forces of the crash, evenwithout body contact with a stationaryobject or surface.

S3W1241A

Page 31: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS 1–27

HELP YOUR AIR BAGS TO PROTECTYOU!

Besides their lifesaving benefits, the airbag system also poses some moderaterisks.

Because an air bag inflates with consid-erable force, speed and suddenness, theair bag supplemental restraint systemwill be safer and more effective if theoccupants are properly positioned in thevehicle.

vvvvv WARNING

Essential Air Bag Safety Rules:• Never place a rear-facing child

seat in the front seat.• Children age 12 years and under

should ride in the back seat when-ever possible.

• Always wear your safety belts,even if your vehicle is equippedwith an air bag.

• Move your seatback rearward asfar as is comfortable and safe, tiltthe seatback slightly and sitagainst the back of the seat.

• Do not place objects on, over ornear the air bag modules. Theycan become projectiles during in-flation, causing severe injury.

• Do not lean forward or rest anypart of your body on the trim cov-ering the air bag modules.

• Tilt the steering wheel downwardwhile driving.

Severe injury and death can resultfrom failing to observe these air bagsafety rules.

Always secure any rear-facing child seatin the back seat.

Child restraint systems in which thechild faces the rear of the seat mustnever be placed in the front seat. Thedeployment of an air bag risks severeinjury or death to a child in a rear-fac-ing child seat placed in the front seat.

Children belong in the back seat.

According to accident statistics, childrenage 12 years and under are safer whenproperly restrained in the back seat thanin the front seat, and should ride in theback seat whenever possible. Childrenare not safer in the back seat only be-cause of the risks of injury by air bags.Studies have shown that children arealso safer in the back seat than in afront seat without an air bag.

Page 32: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

1–28 SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS

• Tilt the seat belt slightly and do notlean forward.

Tilt the seatback slightly, and sitwith your back against the back ofthe seat. Do not lean or otherwiseposition your body close - within15 cm (6 inch) - to the air bag mod-ule. Do not rest any part of yourbody on or near the plastic trim cov-ering the air bag module (the hub ofthe steering wheel or the passengerside of the instrument panel abovethe glove box). Try to keep yourhead and body more than 25 to30 cm (10 to 12 inches) away fromthe air bag. More distance is safer.

Occupants who are not properlywearing their safety belts may bethrown forward by braking beforeimpact, placing their bodies near oragainst the air bag modules. This cancause severe injury from the force ofair bag’s deployment.

• Move the back of the seat rearwardas far back as is comfortable andsafe.

Positioning your seat farther awayfrom the air bag module will not de-crease the effectiveness of the airbag. Greater distance from the mod-ule means greater protection from theair bag’s forceful and sudden deploy-ment. Never move the driver’sseatback so far as to impair thedriver’s ability to comfortably reachthe steering wheel, pedals and otherinstrument and controls.

Proper positioning of adults and teen-agers.

Adults and teenagers seated in the frontdriver and passenger seats can also im-prove their safety and the effectivenessof the air bags by using proper seatingpositions.

For the best seating position of adultsand teenagers:

• Wear the three-point safety belts atall times.

All occupants, including the driver,should always wear their safety beltswhether or not an air bag is also pro-vided at their seating position tominimize the risk of severe injury ordeath in the event of a crash.

Air bags do not deploy in rear andside-impact collisions. Occupants notwearing their safety belts will not beprotected by any restraint system, re-sulting in severe injuries or death inthese types of collisions.

Page 33: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SEATS AND OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS 1–29

vvvvv WARNING

To perform well, an air bag mustdeploy quickly. The force is great-est in the first 5-8 cm (2-3 inches)after the air bag bursts through itscover and begins to inflate. Those2 to 3 inches immediately after theair bag bursts through its modulecover and begins to inflate are therisk zone.

• If an occupant’s body is in thisrisk zone when the air bag de-ploys, severe injury or even deathcould result.

• The force decreases as the air baginflates farther from the modulecover.

• Greater distance from the air bagmodule means greater safetywhen the air bag deploys.

NOTE

The fact that your vehicle may be se-verely damaged and the air bags didnot inflate or the fact that the vehicleis relatively undamaged and the airbag did inflate does not necessarilymean that there is something wrongwith your air bag system. The crashsensors detect the severity of thecrash, not the amount of damage tothe vehicle.

• Do not place objects, children or petsbetween you and the air bagmodule.

Your vehicle’s air bag modules arelocated on the steering wheel and onthe instrument panel above the glovebox. Placing objects on, over or nearthe plastic trim covering these air bagmodules could cause those objects tobe propelled by the inflating air baginto your face and torso causing se-rious injury.

Children and pets should never rideon another occupant’s lap. Do notplace objects which could cause in-jury during deployment on anoccupant’s lap.

• Tilt the steering wheel downward (ifso equipped), pointing the air bagtoward your chest instead of yourhead and neck.

Never position the steering wheel atthe highest position. This positionshould only be used to allow easyentry and exit from the driver’s seat.

Lower the steering before starting todrive. This will aim the air bag atthe driver’s chest, rather than themore easily injured head and neck.

Page 34: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English
Page 35: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–1

• QUICK VIEW - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS .. 2-3

• INSTRUMENT CLUSTER(DELUX) .......................... 2-4

• INSTRUMENT CLUSTER(STANDARD) .................. 2-5

• SPEEDO METER .................................................... 2-6

• TACHOMETER ...................................................... 2-6

• FUEL GAUGE ........................................................ 2-7

• TEMPERATURE GAUGE ........................................ 2-7

• INDICATORS AND WARNING LAMPS................. 2-7

• SWITCHES AND CONTROLS ............................. 2-16

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

• DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS ............................. 2-23

• KEYS .................................................................... 2-23

• KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM .................................... 2-24

• DOOR LOCKS .................................................... 2-27

• POWER WINDOWS ........................................... 2-30

• MANUAL WINDOWS ......................................... 2-31

• REAR HINGED WINDOWS................................. 2-31

• TRUNK LID ......................................................... 2-32

• TAILGATE ............................................................ 2-33

2

(Continued)

Page 36: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

• HOOD ................................................................ 2-34

• INTERIOR COURTESY LAMPS ............................ 2-35

• POWER SUNROOF............................................. 2-36

• DIGITAL CLOCK ................................................. 2-37

• CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND ACCESSORYPOWER OUTLET ................................................ 2-38

• ASHTRAYS .......................................................... 2-39

• HORN ................................................................. 2-40

• CUP HOLDER ..................................................... 2-40

• GLOVE BOX ....................................................... 2-40

• FOLDABLE SEATBACK TABLE ............................. 2-41

• SEATBACK SHOPPING HOOK ........................... 2-41

• SUNGLASSES HOLDER ....................................... 2-41

• SUN VISORS ....................................................... 2-42

• ASSIST GRIP WITH COAT HOOK ...................... 2-42

• ANTENNA ........................................................... 2-43

Page 37: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–3

QUICK VIEW – INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

1. Driver’s airbag

2. Front passenger’s airbag*

3. Instrument cluster

4. Digital clock & auxiliaryinstrument cluster

5. Center vent outlet

6. Rear fog lamp button

7. Hazard warning flasher button

8. Side vent outlet

9. Audio system*

10. Climate control*

11. Glove box

12. Cup holder

13. Ashtray

14. Cigar lighter

15. Accelerator pedal

16. Brake pedal

17. Clutch pedal

18. Hood release handle

1

3

9

10

12

1315 141617

18

86

5

4

7

2

8

11

S4W2011A

Page 38: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–4 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

INSTRUMENTS CLUSTER (DELUX)

1. Tachometer

2. Speedometer

3. Fuel gauge

4. Temperature gauge

5. Odometer

6. Odometer mode select button

7. Turn signal / hazard warningflasher

8. High beam indicator

9. Brake system warning lamp

10. Low fuel level warning lamp

11. Rear fog lamp indicator

12. Malfunction indicator lamp

13. Digital clock

14. ABS warning lamp*

15. Front fog lamp indicator*

16. Hold mode indicator*

17. Engine oil pressure warning lamp

18. Door open warning lamp

19. Charging system warning lamp

20. Safety belt reminder

21. Security indicator

22. Airbag warning lamp

23

4 56

7

8

1

0 H

C

F

E

x100r/min40

6080

100 120140

160

180

200200

km/h

H M

1 2

7 78

9

10

13

17 18 19

1211

20 2221

14 15 16

5

63 4

S5W2001A

Page 39: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–5

INSTRUMENTS CLUSTER (STANDARD)

1. Fuel gauge

2. Temperature gauge

3. Speedometer

4. Odometer

5. Odometer mode select button

6. Turn signal / hazard warningflasher

7. High beam indicator

8. Brake system warning lamp

9. Low fuel level warning lamp

10. Airbag warning lamp

11. Rear fog lamp indicator

12. Door open warning lamp

13. Charging system warning lamp

14. Malfunction indicator lamp

15. Engine oil pressure warning lamp

H

C

F

E

1

340

6080

100 120140

160

180

200200

km/h

6 67

89

4

5

2

1210 11

16

151413

H M

17

21

18 19 20

S5W2002A

16. Safety belt reminder

17. Digital clock

18. ABS warning lamp*

19. Front fog lamp indicator*

20. Hold mode indicator*

21. Security indicator

Page 40: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–6 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

40

6080

100 120140

160

180

200200

km/h

S3W2041A

vvvvv WARNING

Excessive engine speed can damagethe engine.• Do not let the engine reach exces-

sive engine speed, as indicated bythe pointer being in the red zone.

This could result in costly repairs.

SPEEDO METERThe speedometer shows vehicle speed inkilometers per hour (km/h).

ODOMETER / TRIP ODOMETER

The odometer shows how far your carhas been driven in kilometers.

TACHOMETER*The tachometer indicates engine speedin revolutions per minute(rpm). Tomaximize fuel efficiency, drive in thelower rpm range between 2,000 and3,000 rpm.

Never operate the engine at such highrpm that the tachometer needle is in thered zone.

There are two independant trip odom-eters, which measure the distances yourvehicle has traveled since you last re-set this function.

To reset each trip meter to zero, pressand hold the mode select button untilit resets.

The odometer, trip A and trip B can beswtiched by pressing the mode selectbutton.

Odometer mode select button

23

4 56

7

8

1

0 H

C

F

E

x100r/min

S3W2061A

TRIPODO

A

B

S3W2051A

Page 41: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–7

F

E

S3W2071A S3W2091A

H

C

S3W2081A

FUEL GAUGEIndicates how much fuel remains in thefuel tank.

After adding fuel and restarting the en-gine, the fuel gauge pointer slowlymoves to show the new fuel level.

Movement of the fuel within the fueltank causes the fuel gauge pointer tomove when you brake, accelerate orturn.

• Fuel tank capacity: 45 liters

INDICATORS AND WARNINGLAMPSLOW FUEL LEVEL WARNING LAMP

The low-fuel level warning lamp willcome on when there is approximately7.5 liters of fuel remaining in the tank.

TEMPERATURE GAUGEIndicates engine coolant temperaturewhen the ignition switch is ON.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not continue to drive your ve-hicle if the temperature gaugepointer is in the red area of thegauge. This means your vehicle’sengine is overheating.

Driving with an overheated enginecan damage your vehicle. See“OVER HEATING” in the index.

Fill up the fuel tank as soon as possiblewhen warning lamp comes on.

See “FUEL” in the index.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not let your vehicle run out offuel.

This can damage the catalytic con-verter.

F : Full

E : Empty

Page 42: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–8 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

vvvvv WARNING

• Do not drive with the ABS warn-ing lamp on.

• The ABS warning lamp maymean your brakes are not work-ing properly.

Failure to keep your vehicle’s brakesin proper working condition cancause a collision resulting in per-sonal injuries and damage to yourvehicle or other property.

ABS WARNING LAMP*

The ABS warning lamp comes onbriefly as you turn the ignition ON.This means that the system performsself-checking and the indicator bulb isoperating properly. The lamp should goout after about 2 seconds.

Contact your nearest authorized re-pairer for repairs if the ABS warninglamp does either of the following:

• Does not come on when the ignitionis turned ON.

• Does not go out.

• Comes on while driving

AIR BAG WARNING LAMP

The air bag warning lamp flashes sev-eral times when you turn the ignitionON. This means the indicator bulb isoperating properly and that your airbag system is functional.

If the ABS warning lamp comes onwhile driving, your vehicle may havean ABS malfunction. Although yourvehicle will operate normally withoutABS, have your nearest authorized re-pairer check the system and make anynecessary repairs as soon as possible.

See “ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM”in the index.

S3W2101A S3W2111A

Page 43: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–9

BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LAMP

The brake system warning lamp illumi-nates when you turn the ignition ON,before the engine is started.

This means that the indicator is oper-ating properly. The lamp should go outafter you start the engine.

The brake system warning lamp also il-luminates when the parking brake is en-gaged. The lamp goes out when theparking brake is released. Make sureyou release the parking brake fully be-fore you drive your vehicle.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not drive with the brake sys-tem warning lamp on.

• This may mean your brakes arenot working properly.

• Driving with malfunctioningbrakes can lead to a collision re-sulting in personal injuries anddamage to your vehicle and otherproperty.

vvvvv WARNING

The air bag warning lamp stays onwhen the air bag system has a prob-lem

• Do not drive your vehicle if theair bag warning lamp is on. Havethe system checked at your near-est authorized repairer as soon aspossible.

Driving without a properly function-ing air bag system may lead to per-sonal injury, or even death, in theevent of an accident.

An air bag system malfunction can beindicated by any of these warning lampdisplays:

• Does not flash when the ignition isswitched on.

• Stays on after several flashes.

• Flashes while driving.

• Stays on continuously while driving.

For a description of the air bag systemand other occupant protection systems,see section 1.

If the brake system warning lampcomes on even when the parking brakeis completely released, it may mean thebrake fluid level in the reservoir is low.

If so, follow these steps:

1. Carefully pull off the road and cometo a stop.

2. Check the brake fluid level.

3. Add the recommended brake fluid upto the MAX mark. See “ADDINGBRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID” in theindex.

S5W2004A

Page 44: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–10 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

vvvvv CAUTION

The charging system warning lampindicates there may be a problemwith your charging system.• Do not drive your vehicle when

the charging system warninglamp is on.

Driving your vehicle while its charg-ing system is malfunctioning cancause damage to the vehicle.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not drive your vehicle if thebrake system warning lamp doesnot come on when the parkingbrake is engaged and the ignitionis ON.

• Make sure the bulb is workingproperly. If the lamp does notcome on when the parking brakeis engaged and the ignition is ON,even though the warning bulb op-erates properly, take your vehicleto your nearest authorized re-pairer for a check of the brakingsystem.

These conditions mean your vehiclemay have a fault in the braking sys-tem.

Failure to keep your vehicle’s brakesin proper working condition cancause a collision resulting in per-sonal injuries and damage to yourvehicle or other property.

4. Drive carefully at a safe speed toyour nearest authorized repairer tohave the brakes inspected if the fol-lowing conditions exist:

• Your brakes operate normally.

• You judge your vehicle’s brake sys-tem to be safe.

5. Have your vehicle towed to yournearest authorized repairer for in-spection and repair if the followingconditions exist:

• You find leaks in the brake sys-tem.

• The brake system warning lampstays on.

• Your brakes do not operate prop-erly.

CHARGING SYSTEM WARNING LAMP

Indicates the battery is being discharged.The lamp should come on when youturn the ignition ON. The lamp shouldgo out when you start the engine.

S3W2131A

Page 45: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–11

vvvvv CAUTION

Your engine oil pressure may be dan-gerously low.

• Do not drive with the engine oilpressure warning lamp on.

Driving your vehicle with low oilpressure can result in costly damageto your vehicle.

If the oil level is low, add the specifiedengine oil to the proper level. See“CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FIL-TER” in the index.

If the oil level is normal, have yournearest authorized repairer check yourvehicle’s lubricating system.

If the charging system warning lampcomes on while you are driving:

1. Pull safely off the road.

2. Stop your vehicle.

3. Make sure the drive belt is not looseor broken. See “DRIVE BELT” inthe index.

4. If the drive belt is in proper workingorder but the charging system warn-ing lamp stays on, there may be aproblem somewhere in the chargingsystem.

Take your vehicle to your nearest au-thorized repairer for repairs as soonas possible.

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

Illuminates briefly when the ignition isswitched on before the engine starts.This means that the indicator bulb isoperating properly.

The lamp should go out after the en-gine starts.

If the engine oil pressure warning lampcomes on while driving, your engine oilpressure may be dangerously low. Stopthe engine immediately and check theoil level.

S3W2141A

Page 46: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–12 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not drive with the malfunctionindicator lamp on.

The indicator lamp signals that yourvehicle has a problem that requiresattention. Driving with the malfunc-tion indicator lamp on can damagethe emissions control system and canaffect the fuel economy anddriveability of your vehicle.

Consult a authorized repairer to re-pair the problem as soon as possible.

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP

Illuminates briefly as you turn the igni-tion ON, before you start the engine.

This means that the indicator bulb isoperating properly.

The lamp should go out after the en-gine is started.

The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)will illuminate if a fault exists in theemission related components or relatedsub systems.

It will stay on as long as the ElectronicControl Module (ECM) detects thefault. If a severe misfire level is de-tected, the MIL will blink continuously.Severe misfire can cause catalytic con-verter damage.

Your vehicle’s electronic system willswitch to an emergency running pro-gram so you may continue to drive.However, you should consult your au-thorized repairer to repair the problemas soon as possible.

If your vehicle is equipped with an au-tomatic transaxle, See “AUTOMATICTRANSAXLE EMERGENCY SHIFT-ING PROCEDURE” in the index.

S5W2003A

Page 47: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–13

HOLD MODE INDICATOR*

Illuminates when the hold mode switchis pressed.

HOLD mode allows the automatictransaxle to be kept in a single gearuntil manually shifted.

To cancel HOLD mode, push theswitch again.

See “HOLD MODE” in the index.

If the hold mode indicator flashes, haveyour vehicle checked and repaired byyour authorized repairer immediately.

FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR*

Illuminates when the front fog lampsare on.

See “FRONT FOG LAMP” in theindex.

DOOR OPEN WARNING LAMP

Illuminates when a door is open or notsecurely latched.

S3W2161A

HOLDS3W2171A S3W2181A

Page 48: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–14 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR

Illuminates when the rear fog lampsare on.

See “REAR FOG LAMP” in the index.

SAFETY BELT REMINDER

You must fasten the driver’s safety beltsecurely whenever the ignition switch isturned ON, or the following will occur:

• Safety belt reminder warning lampilluminates.

• Safety belt reminder warning chimewill sound for about 6 seconds.

TURN SIGNAL / HAZARD WARNINGFLASHER INDICATORS

Turn signal / hazard warning flasher in-dicators verify that the exterior turn sig-nals or hazard warning flashers areworking properly.

If the green arrows don’t flash whenyou signal a turn or push the hazardwarning button, check the fuse and thebulbs and replace any that are not op-erating properly.

S3W2191A S3W2201A S3W2211A

Page 49: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–15

S3W2221A

M

S3W2231A

HIGH BEAM INDICATOR

The high-beam indicator illuminateswhen the headlamp high-beams are on.

SECURITY INDICATOR

Illuminates to indicate the anti-theft sys-tem is working.

The security indicator goes out whendoors are unlocked using the keyless en-try transmitter or key.

The security indicator comes on whenyou lock the doors using the keyless en-try transmitter.

See “KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM” inthe index.

See “IMMOBILIZER” in the index.

vvvvv CAUTION

These indicators are required for safedriving.

• Immediately replace any burnedout bulbs in your turn signal orhazard warning flasher indicators.

Failure to keep these indicators inproper working condition can lead toaccidents that can result in personalinjuries or damage to your vehicle orother property.

NOTE

Shorter flashes than usual mean yoursignal lamp bulb is burned out andneeds to be replaced.

Security Indicator

Page 50: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–16 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

The headlamps will turn off automati-cally when the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK or ACC.

BATTERY SAVER

Battery saver is to prevent the batteryfrom being discharged.

When you leave the light switch in the“ k ” position, remove the key, andopen the driver’s door, the lights willturn off automatically.

TURN SIGNAL LEVER

RIGHT turn: Move the turn signal le-ver up.

LEFT turn: Move the turn signal leverdown.

The turn signal will shut off automati-cally and the lever will return to its nor-mal position after you have completedthe turn.

When changing lanes, move the turnsignal lever part way and hold it there.When you release the lever, it will re-turn to its normal position.

H

C

F

E

S3W2241A

H

C

F

E

S3W2261A

NOTE

If you remove the key and open thedriver’s door when the dome lamp is“ON”, the dome lamp will not turnoff automatically.

SWITCHES AND CONTROLSLIGHT SWITCH

To turn the head, tail and parkinglamps on or off, twist the end of thecombination switch lever.

The light switch has three positions whichactivate various lamp functions as follows:

• OFF: All the lights are off.

• k: The parking lamps, tail lamps,license plate lamps, and instrumentpanel lamps are illuminated.

• L: The low-beam headlamps andall of the above lamps are illumi-nated.

Page 51: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–17

PASSING LIGHT SWITCH

To flash the high-beam headlamps, pullthe combination switch lever towardyou and release it. The lever will re-turn to its normal position when yourelease it.

The high-beam headlamps will stay onas long as you hold the combinationswitch lever toward you.

HIGH BEAM SWITCH

To turn the high-beam headlamps on:

• Make sure the low-beam headlampsare on.

• Push the combination switch lever to-ward the instrument panel.

The headlamp high-beam indicator il-luminates when headlamps are on highbeam.

To switch from high-beam headlampsto low-beam, pull the combinationswitch lever back toward you, to itsnormal position.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Always switch the high-beamheadlamps to low-beam when youapproach on coming vehicles orwhen other vehicles ahead.

High-beam headlamps can tempo-rarily blind other drivers, whichcould result in a collision.

H

C

F

E

S3W2271A

H

C

F

E

S3W2281A

Page 52: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–18 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH*

Fog lamps provide:

• Extra illumination to the sides of theroad ahead.

• Improved visibility in fog or snow.

To turn the fog lamps on:

• Make sure the low-beam headlampsare on.

• Turn the ring on the middle of thecombination switch lever to ON.

The fog lamp indicator in the instru-ment panel illuminates when the foglamps are turned on.

To turn the fog lamps off, turn the ringto the OFF position.

REAR FOG LAMP BUTTON

To turn the rear fog lamp on, push thisbutton when the low beam head lampsare on.

The rear fog lamp indicator in the in-strument panel illuminates when therear fog lamp is turned on.

To turn the rear fog lamp off, push thebutton again.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS

vvvvv CAUTION

• Less than clear vision for the drivercan lead to an accident resulting inpersonal injury and damage toyour vehicle or other property.

• Do not operate the windshield wip-ers when the windshield is dry orobstructed, as with snow or ice.Using the wipers on an obstructedwindshield can damage the wiperblades, wiper motor, and glass.

• Check blades are not frozen to win-dows before operating in coldweather. Wiper operation whileblade is frozen can damage wipermotor.

H

C

F

E

S3W2291A S3W2301A

Page 53: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–19

S3W2311A

WINDSHIELD WASHER

vvvvv CAUTION

• Less than clear vision for the drivercan lead to an accident resulting inpersonal injury and damage toyour vehicle or other property.

• Do not spray washer fluid on thewindshield in freezing weather.

• Warm the windshield before youoperate the windshield washer.

Washer fluid can form ice on a fro-zen windshield and obstruct your vi-sion.

To operate the windshield wipers, turnthe ignition ON and move the wind-shield wiper / washer lever upward.

The windshield wipers operate in thefollowing four positions:

• OFF: System off. Default position.

• INT: Intermittent operation. Lever upone level

• LO: Continuous wipe, slow speed.Lever up two levels.

• HI: Continuous wipe, fast speed. Le-ver up three levels.

Misting function

To operate the windshield wipers oncein case of light rain or mist, lightlymove the windshield wiper / washer le-ver toward the INT position and releaseit.

The lever will return automatically toits normal position when released.

The wipers will operate through onecycle.

NOTE

Wiper blade will wear out and notwipe properly reducing forward vi-sion.

• Replace worn wiper blades.

S3W2321A

Page 54: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–20 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

To spray washer fluid on the wind-shield:

• Turn the ignition ON.

• Pull the windshield wiper / washerlever toward you.

When you pull the lever for less than0.6 seconds, the following happens:

• Washer fluid sprays onto the wind-shield. (The windshield wipers do notoperate)

When you pull the lever for more than0.6 seconds:

• Washer fluid sprays onto the wind-shield.

• The windshield wipers operate forthree cycles or until you release thelever.

Washer fluid refill

For the recommended procedure for re-filling your windshield washer reservoir,see “WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID”in the index.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not operate the windshieldwasher continuously for more than10 seconds, or when the washerfluid tank is empty.

This can cause the washer motor tooverheat resulting in costly repairs.

TAILGATE WINDOW WIPER ANDWASHER*

vvvvv CAUTION

• Less than clear vision for the drivercan lead to an accident resulting inpersonal injury and damage toyour vehicle or other property.

• Do not operate the tailgate win-dow wiper when the tailgate win-dow is dry or obstructed, as withsnow or ice.

Using the wiper on an obstructedwindow can damage the wiperblades, wiper motor, and glass.

• Check blade is not frozen to win-dow before operating in coldweather. Wiper operation whileblade is frozen can damage wipermotor.

Page 55: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–21

To operate the tailgate wiper andwasher, push the lever toward the in-strument panel.

In the first position, wiper will operateintermittently at about 5 second inter-val.

To spray the washer fluid, push the le-ver to the second position.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not operate the tailgate win-dow washer continuously for morethan 10 seconds, or when thewasher fluid tank is empty.

This can cause the washer motor tooverheat resulting in costly repairs.

Washer fluid refill

For the recommended procedure for re-filling your windshield washer reservoir,see “WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID”in the index.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Less than clear vision for the drivercan lead to an accident resulting inpersonal injury and damage toyour vehicle or other property.

• Do not spray washer fluid on thetailgate window in freezingweather.

• Warm the tailgate window beforeyou operate the tailgate windowwasher.

Washer fluid can form ice on a fro-zen tailgate window and obstructyour vision.

S3W2331A

Page 56: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–22 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER BUTTON

Use hazard warning flashers in the fol-lowing situations:

• To warn others of emergency condi-tions.

• When your vehicle is in a traffic haz-ard.

You can operate the hazard flash func-tion with the ignition ON or OFF.

To activate the hazard warning flash-ers, push the hazard warning flasherbutton.

To turn off the flashers, push the but-ton again.

vvvvv CAUTION

Lack of proper maintenance candamage your vehicle’s defroster wiresor scratch the glass.

• Do not use sharp instruments orabrasive window cleaners on yourvehicle’s rear window.

• Do not scratch or damage the de-froster wires when you clean orwork around the rear window.

Less than clear vision for the drivercan lead to an accident resulting inpersonal injuries and damage to yourvehicle or other property.

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR*DEFROSTER BUTTON

vvvvv CAUTION

Do not use the rear window defrosterunder the following conditions:• Engine is not running.• You are just starting your vehicle.• There is a buildup of snow or ice

on the rear window.If you use your vehicle’s rear windowdefroster under these conditions, youcan discharge your vehicle’s battery.This can damage your vehicle, re-quiring the replacement of someparts.

To turn the defroster on, turn the igni-tion to ON and push the rear windowand outside mirror* defroster button.The indicator light in the button will il-luminate.

To turn the defroster off, push the but-ton again.

Make sure you turn the defroster offafter achieving clear vision.

S3W2341A S3W2351A

Page 57: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–23

S3W2381A

vvvvv WARNING

Do not leave the key in the vehicle.

• Lock the vehicle.• Take the key with you.

KEYSTwo keys are provided with your newvehicle.Keep one of the two keys as a spare.The key number is stamped on the keynumber plate. For vehicle security, keepthe key number plate in a safe place,not in the vehicle. You should alsorecord the key number in a safe place,not in the vehicle.This deters unauthorized persons fromobtaining a duplicate key.

Key number plate

HEADLAMP LEVELLING SWITCH

With the low beam switched on, adjustheadlamp range to suit the vehicle load.

0 = Front seat occupied

1 = All seats occupied

2 = Driver’s seat occupied and load inthe luggage compartment

3 = All seats occupied and load in theluggage compartment

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS*If so equipped, the daytime runninglights illuminates automatically whenthe engine is started.

The daytime running lights will turn offunder the following conditions:

• Engine is stopped.

• Parking lamps on.

• High-beam lamps on.

• Low-beam lamps on.

3 2 1 00123

S3W2361A

Page 58: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–24 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

S3W2391A

KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM*The keyless entry system lets you lockand unlock the doors within range ofabout 20 feet (6m) away from your ve-hicle using the transmitter.

The LED on the transmitter flashes toshow that it is operational.

• LOCK button: Locks all doors. Haz-ard lamps will flash once and theanti-theft system will be activated.

• UNLOCK button: Unlocks all doors.Hazard lamps will flash twice andthe anti-theft system will be deacti-vated.

NOTE

The operating range of the transmit-ter will vary due to environmentalconditions.

LOCKUNLOCK

LED

NOTE

In case of loss, replacement keys areavailable from authorized repairersby quoting the key number.

To protect your car from theft, anelectronic immobilization system hasbeen installed in your vehicle. Onlykeys with the correct electronic codecan be used to start the car. Even ifa key has the same profile it will notstart the engine if the electronic codeis incorrect. Always obtain replace-ment or additional keys from yourauthorized repairer.

See “IMMOBILIZER” in the index.

Page 59: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–25

6. Confirm that the security indicatorlight in the center of instrument panelstarts flashing.

The security light begins to flash onceevery 0.8 seconds. The system isnow activated. See “SECURITY IN-DICATOR” in the index.

NOTE

You must use the transmitter to acti-vate the anti-theft mode.

vvvvv WARNING

• Do not use the transmitter to lockthe vehicle if anyone is to be leftinside the vehicle.

• Never leave children or pets un-attended in your vehicle. The tem-perature inside the vehicle can in-crease more rapidly and reachmuch higher levels than the tem-perature outside.

This can result in serious injury ordeath.

DOOR LOCK and ANTI-THEFT MODEACTIVATION

1. Close all windows.2. Turn the ignition key to LOCK and

remove the key.3. Have all passengers exit the vehicle.4. Close all doors, hood and trunk.5. Press and release the door lock but-

ton on the transmitter.The LED on the transmitter will flashonce.• All doors lock.• Hazard warning lamps flash once.• Anti-theft mode is activated.If the key is inserted into the ignitionkey hole, the transmitter will not op-erate the anti-theft system.

NOTE

The system can be activated even ifthe windows are open. Close all thewindows and doors before leavingthe vehicle.

DOOR UNLOCK and ANTI-THEFT MODEDEACTIVATION

1. Unlock the driver’s door with a key.

2. Press and release the door unlock but-ton on the transmitter.

• The LED on the transmitter willflash once.

• All the doors unlock.

• Hazard warning lamps flashtwice.

• Anti-theft mode is deactivated.

Auto door lock

If the door is not opened or the engineis not started within 30 seconds after dis-arming the system using the transmit-ter, all the doors are automaticallylocked and the anti-theft mode is reac-tivated.

Page 60: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–26 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Battery replacement

If the LED fails to illuminate, the trans-mitter can still be used for a while.However, it is an indication that a newbattery is needed.

TRANSMITTER

Every transmitter is electronically codedto prevent another transmitter from un-locking your vehicle.

If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a re-placement can be purchased from yourauthorized repairer.

If you need a new transmitter or extras,bring the remaining transmitter withyou when you go to your authorizedrepairer. When the authorized repairermatches the replacement transmitter toyour vehicle, the remaining transmittermust also be matched to the new code.

Once the new transmitter is electroni-cally coded, the lost transmitter will notunlock your vehicle.

Up to 5 transmitters can be matched toyour vehicle at a same time.

NOTE

Use CR1620 (or equivalent) replace-ment battery.

1. Remove the screw from the back ofthe cover.

2. Open the transmitter cover.

3. Pull the transmitter unit out of thecover and carefully detach the stickerfrom the unit and keep the sticker ina clean place.

4. Remove the used battery. Avoidtouching the circuit board to othercomponents.

5. Install the new battery. Be sure thenegative side (-) faces down towardthe base.

6. Attach the sticker and put the trans-mitter unit in the cover.

7. Assemble the transmitter cover.

8. Check the operation of the transmit-ter with your vehicle.

vvvvv CAUTION

Avoid touching the flat surfaces of thebattery with your bare fingers. Han-dling will shorten battery life.

S3W2431A

Page 61: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–27

vvvvv WARNING

The temperature inside vehicle canincrease rapidly and reach muchhigher levels than temperature out-side.

• Do not leave unattended childrenor pets in your vehicle.

Death or serious injury can occur.

Children can operate power win-dows, other controls, or move ve-hicle.

• Do not leave key in vehicle withchildren.

These actions can result in seriousinjury or death.

DOOR LOCKS

vvvvv CAUTION

• Lock all doors and take the keywith you when you leave vehicleunattended.

Unlocked vehicles invite theft.

NOTE

Used lithium batteries can harm theenvironment.

• Follow local recycling laws for dis-posal.

• Do not discard with householdrefuse.

NOTE

In order to keep the transmitter work-ing properly, follow these guidelines:

• Avoid dropping the transmitter.• Do not place heavy objects on the

transmitter.• Keep the transmitter away from

water and direct sunlight. If thetransmitter gets wet, wipe it witha soft cloth.

S5W2005A

To lock the doors from outside usingthe key, insert the key and turn it clock-wise.

To unlock, turn the key counterclock-wise.

LOCK

UNLOCK

vvvvv CAUTION

If noise hear from doors, when open-ing and closing the door or whiledriving vehicle, apply grease to thedoor check, latch and hinges.

Page 62: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–28 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

��yy

S3W2442A��yy

S3W2443A

To lock any door from the inside, pushin on the door lock button.

To unlock any door from the inside, pullout on the lock button.

NOTE

The driver’s door lock button cannotbe pushed when the door is open.This prevents locking the driver’sdoor when you leave the key insideyour car by mistake.

LOCK

UNLOCK

To open a door from the inside, pull thedoor handle.

To open a door from the outside, raisethe door handle.

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM*

You can activate the central door lock-ing system from the driver’s door. Thissystem allows you to lock and unlockall the doors from the driver’s door,using either the key or keyless remote(from outside) or the door lock button(from inside).

Page 63: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–29

S3W2462A

To activate the child security doorlocks:

1. Open the rear door you intend tolock.

2. Locate the child security lock leveron the door edge, near the center.

3. Slide the lever to the LOCK position.

NOTE

Each rear door has its own lock.

Each rear door child security lockmust be activated manually andseparately, left and right.

UNLOCKS4W2461A

CHILD SECURITY DOOR LOCK

Your car has a child security door lockon each rear door. These locks preventpassengers, especially children, fromaccidentally opening the rear doorsfrom the inside by pulling the doorhandle.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not pull the inside door handlewhile the child security door lockis set to “LOCK” position.

To do so can damage the inside doorhandle.

LOCK

To open a rear door when the child se-curity door lock is activated, unlock thedoor from the inside and open the doorfrom the outside.

To cancel the child security door lock,move the lever down to the “UN-LOCK” position.

Do not pull

Page 64: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–30 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

vvvvv WARNING

Children can operate and becomeentrapped in power windows.

• Do not leave your keys or unat-tended children in your car.

Serious injury or death can occurfrom misuse of power windows.

POWER WINDOWS*You may operate the power windowswhen the ignition switch is ON by us-ing the power window switches on eachdoor panel.

NOTE

The rear windows do not open fully.

vvvvv WARNING

Body parts outside vehicle can bestruck by passing objects.

• Keep all parts of body insidevehicle.

To raise the window, lift up on theswitch.To lower the window, press down onthe switch.Release the switch when the windowreaches the desired position.

vvvvv WARNING

Children can operate and becomeentrapped in power windows. Seri-ous injury or death can occur.

• Use power window lock whenchildren are in back seat.

POWER WINDOW LOCK BUTTON

The power window lock button allowsyou to lock the rear and passenger win-dow buttons. With the lock on, the rearand passenger windows can only be op-erated from the driver’s window controlpanel.

S5W2007A S5W2008A

Page 65: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–31

S3W2491A

vvvvv WARNING

Unattended vehicle with open win-dows can assist car crime.

• Close all windows when leavingvehicle.

MANUAL WINDOWSTo raise or lower the windows, rotatethe window regulator handle in the doorpanel.

Items can get trapped in windows. En-sure window opening is clear beforeclosing windows.

vvvvv WARNING

Body parts outside vehicle can bestruck by passing objects.

• Keep all parts of body inside ve-hicle.

S5W2009A

REAR HINGED WINDOWS*(3 door hatchback only)To open, pull catch and push windowglass outwards to the open position.

When closing, fold catch back to lock.

Page 66: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–32 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

vvvvv WARNING

Driving vehicle with trunk lid opencan allow exhaust gases to enter pas-senger compartment.

• Do not drive with trunk lid open.If you must drive this way, closewindows, place in ‘FRESH AIRMODE’, and run blower at highspeed. (See “VENTILATION” inthe index)

Exhaust gases are usually poisonousand can cause injury or death.

vvvvv CAUTION

Be sure the trunk lid not to hit ob-structions, such as a standing personor wall, when you open the trunk lid.

TRUNK LID RELEASE LEVERYou can also open the trunk lid by pull-ing up the trunk lid release lever locatednear the left front corner of the driver’sseat.

vvvvv WARNING

• Do not operate the trunk lid re-lease lever while the vehicle ismoving.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe trunk lid open.

An open trunk lid obscures your rearview. Operating your vehicle with anobstructed rear view can result in acollision causing damage to yourvehicle or other property, personalinjury, or even death.

S3W2511AS3W2502A

TRUNK LIDTo unlock the trunk lid, insert the keyand turn it clockwise. Lift the trunk lid.

To close trunk lid, push it down so itlatches securely. It locks automatically.

Make sure your hands and any otherbody parts, as well as those of otherpersons, are completely away from thetrunk closure area.

UNLOCK

Page 67: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–33

S3W2515A

TAILGATE (Hatchback models)To unlock the tailgate, insert the keyand turn it counterclockwise.

To lock the tailgate using the key, turnthe key clockwise.

The tailgate can also be locked or un-locked by central door locking system*.See “Central Door Locking System” inthe index.

UNLOCK LOCK

To open the tailgate, pull up the handleabove the license plate and lift the tail-gate.

To close the tailgate, push it downfirmly so it latches securely.

S3W2516A

vvvvv WARNING

Driving vehicle with tailgate opencan allow exhaust gases to enter pas-senger compartment.

• Do not drive with tailgate open.If you must drive this way, closewindows, place in ‘FRESH AIRMODE’, and run blower at highspeed. (See “VENTILATION” inthe index)

Exhaust gases are usually toxic andcan cause injury or death.

vvvvv CAUTION

Be sure the tailgate not to hit ob-structions, such as a standing personor wall, when you open the tailgate.

Page 68: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–34 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

3. Disengage the hood support rod fromretaining clip.

Rotate the rod down and insert thefree end securely into the socket onthe fender.

2. Reach under front edge of the hoodand lift hood release up.

S5W2006A S3W2523A

HOODTo open the hood:

1. Pull hood release handle located atthe lower left side of the instrumentpanel.

S3W2521A

Page 69: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–35

To close the hood:

1. While holding the hood to keep itfrom falling, remove the support rodfrom the socket and secure it firmlyback into its retaining clip.

2. Make sure hands and other bodyparts, as well as those of other per-sons, are completely away from theengine compartment and hood-to-body edges.

3. Lower the hood, allowing it to dropfrom a height of about 30cm (1 foot).

4. Make sure the hood is locked firmlyin place.

S3W2524A S3W2531A

INTERIOR COURTESY LAMPSDOME LAMP

The dome lamp operates in three posi-tions:

• ON: The lamp comes on and stayson until shut off manually.

• CENTERED: The lamp comes onwhen you open a door and off afterdoors are closed.

• OFF: The lamp remains off, evenwhen doors are open.

vvvvv WARNING

Always observe the following precau-tions:

• Pull on the front edge of the hoodto make sure it is latched securelybefore you drive your vehicle.

• Do not pull the hood releasehandle while your vehicle is mov-ing.

• Do not move your vehicle with thehood open. An open hood will ob-scure the driver’s vision.

Operating your vehicle with thehood open can lead to a collision re-sulting in damage to your vehicle toother property, personal injury oreven death.

(with Sunroof)

Page 70: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–36 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

S3W2551A

SLIDING THE SUNROOF

• To open the sunroof, press and holdthe right part of the switch.

• To close the sunroof, press and holdthe left part of the switch.

Release the switch when the sunroofreaches the desired position.

CLOSE OPEN

vvvvv CAUTION

Always observe the following precau-tions:

• Do not stick body parts or objectsout the sunroof opening.

• Make sure the sunroof opening isclear, inside and outside, beforeopening or closing the sunroof.

• Do not place heavy objects on oraround the sunroof.

• Keep debris off the outside of thesunroof.

As in all other times, all occupantsmust wear their safety belts whetherthe sunroof is open or closed.

Failure to observe these precautionscan result in injury or damage to yourvehicle.

POWER SUNROOF*You may operate the power sunroofwhen the ignition is ON.

S3W2532A

vvvvv WARNING

• Avoid using the dome lamp andmap lights while driving in thedark.

A lighted passenger compartment re-duces visibility in the dark, and couldcause a collision.

(without Sunroof)

Page 71: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–37

S3W2561A

TILTING THE SUNROOF

• To tilt the sunroof up, press and holdthe left part of the switch.

• To return the sunroof to its originalposition, press and hold the right partof the switch.

Release the switch when the sunroofreaches the desired position.

UP DOWN

DIGITAL CLOCKWhen the ignition is ACC or ON, thedigital clock displays the time. Thedigital clock has two adjusting buttons.

H: Hour button.

• To advance 1 hour, press the H but-ton.

• To advance more than 1 hour, pressand hold the H button until youreach the correct hour.

M: Minute button.

• To advance 1 minute, press the Mbutton.

• To advance more than 1 minute,press and hold the M button until youreach the correct minute.

NOTE

Remember to reset your vehicle’sclock each time you disconnect andthen reconnect the battery or replacea fuse.

H M

S3W2571A

Page 72: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–38 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

ACCESSORY POWER OUTLET*

Power outlets can be used to plug inelectrical equipments such as cellularphone, electric shaver, etc.

Accessory power outlet is in center con-sole, right side of the parking brakelever.

Pull the cap out to use the power out-let. When not in use, replace it. The ac-cessory power outlet is operationalwhen the ignition switch is in ACCor ON.

To operate the cigarette lighter:

• Turn the ignition switch to ACCor ON.

• Push the lighter in all the way.

The cigarette lighter will pop out auto-matically when it is ready to use.

vvvvv CAUTION

Overheating the cigarette lighter candamage the heating element and thelighter itself.• Do not hold the lighter in while it

is heating.This can cause the lighter to over-heat.

vvvvv CAUTION

Trying to operate a malfunctioningcigarette lighter can be dangerous.

• If the heated cigarette lighter doesnot pop out within 30 seconds, pullit out and ask your authorized re-pairer to repair it.

It can cause injuries and damage toyour vehicle. S3W2591A

CIGARETTE LIGHTER ANDACCESSORY POWER OUTLET

vvvvv CAUTION

The barrel of an operating cigarettelighter can become very hot.

• Do not touch the barrel of the ciga-rette lighter and do not allow chil-dren to operate or play with thecigarette lighter.

This hot metal can cause personal in-juries and damage to your vehicle orother property.

S3W2581A

Page 73: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–39

vvvvv CAUTION

Battery can be discharged

• Turn off any electrical equipmentwhen not in use for an extendedperiods.

This will prevent damage to yourbattery.

NOTE

Maximum load limit for your poweroutlet is 12V-10A. If you apply anyelectrical equipment which exceeds12-10A, power supply will be auto-matically cut off. Only use equipmentwithin the specifications.

The automatic cut off will reset af-ter 10 minutes.

FRONT ASHTRAY

To open the front ashtray, pull it to-ward you.

To close the front ashtray, push it backin until it is closed.

To empty the front ashtray, follow thisprocedure:

1. Pull the ashtray all the way towardyou.

2. Push down on the plastic tap at theback of the ashtray.

3. Pull the ashtray all the way out.

ASHTRAYS

vvvvv CAUTION

Cigarettes and other smoking mate-rials could set them on fire.

• Do not put paper or other flam-mable items in the ashtray.

An ashtray fire can lead to personalinjury or damage to your vehicle orother property.

S3W2611A

Page 74: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–40 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

S3W2631A S3W2641A

vvvvv CAUTION

In the case of a collision or a suddenstop, an open glove box presents ahazard.

• Do not drive with the glove boxopen.

An open glove box can cause per-sonal injuries or damage to your ve-hicle in case of a collision.

GLOVE BOX

To open the glove box, pull upward onthe bottom of the handle on the glovebox door.

To close the glove box, firmly push theglove box door shut.

CUP HOLDERSThe cup holders are located in the cen-ter instrument panel and rear part of thecenter console.

To use the front cup holder, push the lid.The cup holder will pop out automati-cally. After use, close the lid firmly untilit latches.

HORNTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on either side of your vehicle’s steer-ing wheel center pad if equipped witha driver’s air bag or press the steeringwheel center pad of non-airbag type ve-hicle.

The horn will sound regardless of igni-tion switch position.

S4W2621A

Page 75: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–41

S3W2651A

vvvvv WARNING

• Do not drive with the table foldedup.

This could cause serious injury to theoccupants in case of a collision.

FOLDABLE SEATBACK TABLE*Your vehicle is equipped with a foldableseatback table on the front passengerside seat back.

To use the seatback table, gently lift theend of the table.

SEATBACK SHOPPING HOOKYour vehicle is equipped with seatbackshopping hooks on each front seatback.

Hang your shopping bag or other suit-able objects on the hook at your con-venience.

S3W2661A

SUNGLASSES HOLDER*To open the sunglasses case above thedriver’s door, pull down and hold theupper part of the cover.

The sunglasses case will swing up au-tomatically when releasing it.

N4W2741A

Page 76: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

2–42 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

vvvvv CAUTION

Hanging items on your vehicle’s as-sist grips can obstruct the driver’sview.

• Do not hang anything on the as-sist grips, unless they are equippedwith a coat hook.

Obstructing the driver’s view can leadto an accident resulting in personalinjuries and damage to your vehicleor other property.

ASSIST GRIP WITH COAT HOOKYour vehicle has assist grips above thefront seat passenger’s door and the reardoors. The grip above the LH rear doorincludes a coat hook.

Passengers can use the grips for assis-tance in entering / exiting the vehicle,or for hand-holds during spirited driv-ing.

S3W2681A

SUN VISORSYour vehicle has padded sun visors toprotect the driver and passengers fromglare.

You can swing the sun visors up anddown, and to the side.

S3W2671A

Page 77: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2–43

vvvvv CAUTION

Entering the automatic car washwith the antenna installed may resultin damage to the antenna or the roofpanel.

• Be sure to remove your antennabefore entering the automatic carwash.

ANTENNATo remove the roof antenna, rotate itcounterclockwise.

To install the roof antenna, rotate itclockwise.

S3W2691A

Page 78: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English
Page 79: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE 3–1

• BREAKING-IN ........................................................ 3-2

• DRIVING PRECAUTIONS ...................................... 3-2

• FUEL ...................................................................... 3-4

• ADJUSTING THE MIRRORS .................................. 3-6

• ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL .................... 3-9

• IGNITION SWITCH ............................................. 3-10

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE

• STARTING THE ENGINE ...................................... 3-11

• DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE ................................... 3-13

• BRAKES ............................................................... 3-18

• DRIVING TIPS ..................................................... 3-21

• TRAILER TOWING .............................................. 3-25

• ENGINE EXHAUST .............................................. 3-29

3

Page 80: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

3–2 DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE

vvvvv WARNING

• Make sure all exterior light bulbs,lamps, signaling systems, andwarning indicators are clean andworking properly.

These precautions help to avoid ac-cidents that could result in personalinjury or damage to the vehicle.

BREAKING-INUse the following precautions for thefirst few hundred miles (kilometers) toimprove the performance and economyof your vehicle and add to its long life:

• Avoid full-throttle starts.

• Allow the engine to warm up beforedriving.

• Do not race the engine.

• Avoid hard stops except in emergen-cies. This will allow your brakes tobreak-in properly.

• Avoid quick starts, sudden accelera-tions, and prolonged high-speed driv-ing in order to avoid damage to theengine and to conserve fuel.

• Avoid full-throttle acceleration in lowgear.

• Do not tow any other vehicle.

DRIVING PRECAUTIONSBEFORE ENTERING THE VEHICLE

• Be sure all windows, inside and out-side rearview mirrors, light bulbs,and lamps are clean and workingproperly.

• Check under the vehicle for leaks.

• Check the levels of engine oil andother fluids in the engine compart-ment.

• Visually check the tires for damageor improper inflation pressures andfor foreign objects imbedded in thetread.

• Take corrective actions as required.

BEFORE DRIVING

vvvvv WARNING

Loose objects on the instrumentpanel or rear window shelf can ob-struct your vision.

• Remove any loose objects on theinstrument panel or on the rearwindow shelf.

These objects can also be thrownaround and strike passengers duringhard braking or a collision, causingpersonal injury or damage to yourvehicle.

• Be sure you understand your vehicle,its equipment and its safe operation.

• Adjust your seat to a comfortable po-sition.

• Adjust the inside and outside mirrors.

• Be sure all occupants of the vehiclehave fastened their safety belts.

• Check the operation of the warninglights as the ignition key isturned ON.

Page 81: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE 3–3

vvvvv WARNING

• Be sure all occupants have fas-tened their safety belts before start-ing to drive.

• Be sure all windows, rearviewmirrors, light bulbs and lamps areclean and operational.

• Check all the gauges.

• Release the parking brake, makingsure the warning lamp goes out.

WHILE DRIVING

As the driver of your vehicle, you areresponsible for the safety of yourself,your passengers and others sharing theroad with you. To discharge that re-sponsibility, you must keep your fullattention on operating the vehicle. Mostvehicular collisions are caused when adriver’s concentration is either impairedor distracted. At all times, the driver’sconcentration should be upon the roadand nearby vehicles and other objects.

One significant distraction in today’sdriving environment is the use of hand-held phones while driving. Studies havefound that the use of hand-held phoneswhile driving increases the risk of be-ing involving in an accident. At leastone scientific study found that use of anyphone system — either hand-held orhands-free — increases the risk of a col-lision by 400%.

Using phones, two-way radios or otherelectronic devices such as computers, or-ganizers, games, video, or GPS andother navigational aids similarly in-creases the risk of collision. We discour-

age your use of equipment while youare operating your vehicle.

Legislation has been enacted or is un-der consideration in some countries pro-hibiting the use of hand-held phoneswhile operating a motor vehicle.

vvvvv WARNING

Driving safely requires all of yourconcentration as well as the appli-cation of good judgement and com-mon sense. Avoid or minimize dis-tractions while operating your ve-hicle. Distractions you may encoun-ter could include:

• reponding to calls on your cellor car phone;

• initiating calls on your cell orcar phone;

• making adjustments to yourseat, steering wheel or mirrors;

• using other electronic devices;• referring to maps or other writ-

ten materials;(Continued)

Page 82: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

3–4 DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE

FUELFUEL RECOMMENDATIONS

Use only unleaded fuel rated at RON91or higher.

Fuel quality and additives contained infuel have a significant effect on poweroutput, driveability, and life of the en-gine.

Fuel with too low an octane numbercan cause engine knock.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Use of fuel with an octane numberlower than RON91 may damageengine.

• Use of leaded fuel will damage ex-haust system and invalidate thewarranty.

NOTE

To prevent accidental use of leadedfuel, the nozzles for leaded fuel arelarger, and will not fit the fuel fillerneck of your vehicle.

Do not use methanol

Fuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.

This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

vvvvv CAUTION

Use of methanol may damage thefuel system. Such misuse is not cov-ered by the vehicle warranty.

Operation in foreign countries

If you are going to drive your vehiclein another country:

• Observe all regulations regardingregistration and insurance.

• Confirm that suitable fuel is avail-able.

vvvvv WARNING

(Continued)• removing or connecting your

safety belt;

• searching for change approach-ing toll booths; or

• other activities that divert yourattention from the task of safevehicular operation.

Engaging in such activities willgreatly increase the risk of a colli-sion that may cause personal injuryor death.

Anticipate the need for such activi-ties and perform them before youstart your trip when possible, orwhile your vehicle is safely at a stop.

Page 83: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE 3–5

S3W3061A S3W3062A

vvvvv WARNING

Fuel vapor is highly flammable.

• Keep flames, sparks and othersmoking materials away fromgasoline.

• Turn off your engine.

You can be seriously burned andyour vehicle damaged when gaso-line vapor catches fire.

5. After refueling, replace cap. Turn itclockwise until you hear severalclicks.

6. Push the fuel filler door closed untilit latches.

3. Turn the fuel filler cap counterclock-wise slowly. If a hissing sound isheard, wait for it to stop before com-pletely unscrewing the cap. The fuelfiller door is in the right rear quar-ter panel.

4. Remove the cap. The cap is tetheredto the vehicle. Place the cap in itsholder on the inside of the fuel fillerdoor.

FILLING THE FUEL TANK

1. Stop the engine.

2. Pull up on fuel filler door release le-ver located on the floor, left front sideof driver’s seat.

NOTE

If, in cold weather, the fuel filler doordoes not open, tap the door lightly.Then try to open it again.

Close

Open

Page 84: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

3–6 DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE

vvvvv CAUTION

• Use only unleaded gasoline with aoctane number of RON 91 orhigher.

Leaded fuel or fuel with a lower oc-tane number can damage your ve-hicle.

vvvvv CAUTION

Avoid spilling gasoline on the paintedsurfaces of your car.

• If you spill gasoline on your ve-hicle, rinse the area with clean,cold water as soon as possible.

Gasoline can damage the paint.

vvvvv WARNING

For safety reasons, fuel containers,pumps and hoses must be properlyearthed. Static electricity build upcan ignite the gasoline vapor. Youcan be burned and your vehicle dam-aged.

Always observe the following pre-cautions:

• Use earthed pumps with integrallyearthed hoses and containers whenfilling the fuel tank.

• Do not fill your container when itis inside your vehicle other thanon the ground.

• Make the filling nozzle in contactwith the inside of the containeropening before operating thenozzle. Keep the contact be main-tained until you finish filling thecontainer.

• Keep flames, sparks and smokingmaterials away from gasoline.

Fuel filling from drums or portable con-tainers

ADJUSTING THE MIRRORSOUTSIDE REARVIEW MIRRORS

Adjust the outside rearview mirrors soyou can see each side of your vehicle,as well as each side of the road behindyou.

You may adjust the outside rearviewmirrors up or down and left or rightusing the adjusting levers on each doortrim.

The outside mirror on the passenger’sside is convex and is labeled with a no-tice that reads as follows:

OBJECTS IN MIRROR ARECLOSER THAN THEY APPEAR.

S3W3071A

Page 85: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE 3–7

vvvvv WARNING

• Always keep your mirrors prop-erly adjusted, and use them whiledriving to increase your visibilityof objects and other vehiclesaround you.

Failure to properly judge distancesbetween your vehicle and other ob-jects may result in a collision caus-ing damage to your vehicle or otherproperty, or injuries.

Use the outside mirror on thepassenger’s side to get a wider view ofthe road behind your vehicle.

Use the inside mirror to determine thesize and the distance of objects reflectedin the side mirror.

Using only the passenger (convex) mir-ror can cause you to misjudge size anddistance behind you.

vvvvv CAUTION

Improper care of your mirrors candamage them.

• Do not scrape ice from the face ofthe mirror.

• If ice or other material restrictsmovement of the mirror, do notforce the adjustment.

• Use a deicer spray or a hot airblower to remove the ice.

Damaged mirrors can restrict yourvision, resulting in a possible colli-sion.

You may fold the outside rearview mir-rors flat against the sides of the vehicleby pushing the mirrors backwardagainst your vehicle.

vvvvv WARNING

• Do not drive while either outsiderearview mirror is folded back.

Doing so will cause reduced visibil-ity, which could result in a collision.

S3W3072A

Page 86: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

3–8 DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE

POWER OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR*

You may adjust the outside rearviewmirror up or down and left or rightusing the mirror switch located on thedriver’s door panel. The ignition switchmust be ON to adjust the mirrors.

1. Select the mirror you want to adjustby pushing the selector switch to theleft for LH mirror to the right for RHmirror.

2. Adjust the selected mirror up, down,left or right using the correspondingedges of the mirror adjusting pad.

vvvvv WARNING

• Always keep your mirrors prop-erly adjusted, and use them whiledriving to increase your visibilityof objects and other vehiclesaround you.

Failure to properly judge distancesbetween your vehicle and other ob-jects may result in a collision caus-ing damage to your vehicle or otherproperty, or injuries.

vvvvv CAUTION

Improper care of your mirrors candamage them.

• Do not scrape ice from the face ofthe mirror.

• If ice or other material restrictsmovement of the mirror, do notforce the adjustment.

• Use a deicer spray or a hot airblower to remove the ice.

Damaged mirrors can restrict yourvision, resulting in a possible colli-sion.

S4W3081A

Page 87: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE 3–9

S3W3091A

INSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR

The inside rearview mirror adjustsmanually up, or down and left, or right.

Use the inside rearview mirror adjust-ing lever to modify the mirror for day /night vision.

This reduces glare from headlights onvehicles behind you.

ADJUSTING THE STEERINGWHEEL vvvvv WARNING

Your view through the mirror maylose some clarity when it is adjustedfor night vision.

• Take special care with using yourinside rearview mirror when it isadjusted for night vision.

Failure to ensure a clear rear viewwhile driving may result in a colli-sion causing damage to your vehicleor other property, and/or personalinjury.

vvvvv WARNING

The driver must maintain total con-trol of the steering wheel while thevehicle is moving.

• Do not adjust the steering wheelposition while the vehicle is mov-ing.

Adjusting the steering wheel whiledriving may result in loss of controlof the vehicle.

NIGHTDAY

Adjusting lever

Page 88: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

3–10 DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE

• ACC

The engine can be turned off withoutlocking the steering wheel by turningthe key to the ACC position. To turn thekey from ACC to LOCK position, pushin the key slightly and turn to LOCK.

Some electrical accessories, such as theradio and the cigarette lighter, can beoperated in the ACC position.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not leave the key in the ACCfor extended periods.

This will discharge the battery.

• ON

Activates the ignition system and theelectrical accessories.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not leave the key in the ON forextended periods while the engineis not running.

This will discharge the battery.

IGNITION SWITCHThe ignition switch, located on the rightside of the steering column, has the fol-lowing positions: LOCK, ACC, ON andSTART.

• LOCK

To lock the steering wheel, remove thekey and rotate the steering wheel untilit locks.

For easier key operation when unlock-ing the steering wheel, move the steer-ing wheel gently from right to left andturn the key to the ACC position.

To adjust the steering wheel position:

1. Push the lever under the steering col-umn toward instrument panel.

2. Pull the lever to lock the steeringwheel when it reaches desired posi-tion.

3. Make sure the steering wheel is se-curely fixed.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not drive with steering wheelin the highest position.

Use this position only to make iteasier to exit and enter the vehicle.

S3W3101A S3W3111A

Page 89: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE 3–11

vvvvv WARNING

• Do not turn the key to OFF whiledriving.

Driver could lose control of vehicleand brake power assistance wouldbe cancelled, causing vehicle dam-age, personal injury or possiblydeath.

vvvvv WARNING

• Do not reach for the key throughthe steering wheel.

Steering wheel can suddenly turncausing driver to lose control of ve-hicle and causing injury to fingers,hands or arms.

• START

Starts the engine. When the enginestarts, release the key, and it will auto-matically return to ON.

Make sure that the engine is not run-ning before turning the key to START.

IMMOBILIZER SYSTEMThe Immobilizer System provides anadditional theft deterrent to the vehiclein which it is installed and prevents itfrom being started by unauthorized per-sons.The valid key for a vehicle equippedwith a Immobilizer System is a me-chanical ignition key with integratedtransponder, which is electronicallycoded. The transponder is placed invis-ibly in the ignition key.Only valid ignition keys can be used tostart the engine. Invalid keys may onlyopen the doors. The immobilizer systemisolates the power supply to the ignitionsystem, fuel pump and fuel injectors.The engine is automatically immobi-lized after the key is turned to LOCKand has been removed from the ignitionswitch. See “KEYS” in the index.If the immobilizer system does not rec-ognize the electronic code when youturn the ignition key to START, the en-gine will not start and the security in-dicator will keep blinking;• Turn the ignition key to OFF and re-

start the engine after about 5 seconds.

STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

• Make sure the area around vehicleis clear.

• Make sure all windows and lightsare clear.

• Inspect tires for condition, proper in-flation pressure and foreign objects.

• Adjust seat positions and head re-straints.

• Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

• Fasten safety belt and ask all passen-gers to do the same.

• Check the operation of warninglights and indicators in the instrumentpanel when the key is turned to ONposition.

• Periodically, such as when refueling,check maintenance items noted inthis manual.

Page 90: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

3–12 DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE

MANUAL TRANSAXLE

1. Make sure the driver and passengersare wearing their safety belts prop-erly.

2. Apply parking brake if it is not en-gaged.

3. Make sure the seats, head restraints,and mirrors are in their proper posi-tions and adjust them if it is required.

4. Make sure the gearshift lever is inNEUTRAL position and press theclutch pedal all the way down.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not operate starter motor formore than 15 seconds at a time.

• If the engine does not start, wait 10seconds before trying again.

This will prevent starter motor dam-age.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not idle the engine at highspeed for more than 5 minutes.

Excessive temperature can damagethe exhaust system.

NOTE

If the engine has become flooded dur-ing starting, slowly press the accel-erator pedal all the way down, holdit in that position, and start the en-gine.

5. Without touching the acceleratorpedal, turn the ignition to STARTand release it when the engine starts.If the engine starts momentarily butfails to run, wait for 10 seconds, thentry again.

6. Allow the engine to idle at least30 seconds.

7. Release the parking brake.

8. Drive at a moderate speed for a shortdistance, especially in cold weatheruntil normal engine operating tem-perature is reached.

Neutral

S3W3141A

Neutral

S3W3142A(1.2 SOHC Models)

Page 91: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE 3–13

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE*

1. Make sure the driver and passengersare wearing their safety belts prop-erly.

2. Apply the parking brake if it is notengaged.

3. Make sure the seats, head restraints,and mirrors are in their proper posi-tions and adjust them if it is required.

4. Make sure the selector lever is inpark (P) position.

5. Without touching the acceleratorpedal, turn the ignition key toSTART and release it when the en-gine starts. If the engine starts mo-mentarily but fails to run, wait for10 seconds, then try again.

6. Allow engine to idle at least30 seconds.

7. Release the parking brake.

8. Drive at a moderate speed of for ashort distance, especially in coldweather until normal engine operat-ing temperature is reached.NOTE

The engine can only be started whenthe selector lever is in “P” or “N”.

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLEMANUAL TRANSAXLE

To change gears, fully depress theclutch pedal, move the gearshift leverinto gear, and slowly release the clutch.

To shift into reverse (except 1.2 SOHCmodels), you must stop your vehiclefirst, reach down the shifter below theshift knob, and pull gently up on the re-verse lock-out collar while moving theshift lever into the reverse position.

S3W3161A

Neutral

vvvvv WARNING

Although the engine can be startedwhen the selector lever is in “N” po-sition, use it only when normal start-ing is impossible.

See “AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEEMERGENCY SHIFTING PROCE-DURE” in the index for more infor-mation.

P

4

S4W3151A

Page 92: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

3–14 DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE

3. Insert the ignition key into Brake-Transaxle Shift Interlock slot.

4. Shift to neutral (N).

5. Remove the key from the brake-transaxle shift interlock slot.

6. Start the engine and shift into thegear you want.

7. Have your vehicle repaired as soonas possible.

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE*

The automatic transaxle in your vehicleis an electronically controlled four-speed transaxle. Fourth gear is over-drive.

Shifting out of park (P)

Your vehicle has a Brake-TransaxleShift Interlock (BTSI) system. Beforeshifting from park (P), the ignition mustbe ON and you must depress the brakepedal all the way down. If you cannotshift out of P with the ignition ON andthe brake pedal depressed:

1. Turn the ignition off and remove thekey.

2. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Before shifting between a forwardand reverse, bring the vehicle to acomplete stop.

Shifting between forward and reversegear while the vehicle is moving candamage the transaxle.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not rest your foot on the clutchpedal while driving.

This will cause accelerated wear onclutch components.

Neutral

S3W3162A(1.2 SOHC models)

P N

S4W3171A

4

Page 93: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE 3–15

vvvvv WARNING

To help prevent damage to thetransaxle, observe the following pre-cautions:

• Do not press the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P or N to R,D4, 2 or 1. To do so may not onlydamage the transaxle, but couldcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Use D4 as much as possible.• Never shift to P or R while the ve-

hicle is in motion.• When stopping the vehicle on an

uphill grade, do not hold the ve-hicle in place by pressing the ac-celerator pedal. Use the footbrake.

vvvvv WARNING

• Press the brake pedal when shift-ing from P or N to R or a forwardgear.

Otherwise transaxle could be dam-aged or vehicle could move unex-pectedly, causing driver to lose con-trol of the vehicle, resulting in per-sonal injury or damage to the ve-hicle or other property.

Shifting between gear positions

Movement between certain gear posi-tions requires pushing the selector leverto the passenger side while shifting.This prevents you from changing selectpositions unexpectedly by blocking thestraight movement of the selector leverwhen the vehicle is moving.Follow the descriptions as indicated bythe black and/or white arrows whenshifting the selector lever.

2 : Depress the brake pedal and pushthe selector lever to the passengerside while shifting.

1 : Push the selector lever to the pas-senger side while shifting.

PRN D4

21

S4W3172A

4

Page 94: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

3–16 DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE

Starting the vehicle

1. After warming up the engine, con-tinue to press the brake pedal whileshifting the selector lever to eitherthe R, D4, 2 or 1 position.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not shift between D4 (Drive)and R (Reverse) or P (Park) whilethe vehicle is moving.

This will cause damage to yourtransaxle and personal injury.

2. Release the parking brake and thebrake pedal.

3. Slowly press the accelerator pedal toset the vehicle in motion.

Drive ranges D4, 2 and 1

• D4:

This drive position is for all normaldriving conditions. Allows thetransaxle to shift into all four for-ward gears. Fourth gear is overdrivewhich reduces engine speed and noiselevel while increasing fuel economy.

• 2:

Allows the transaxle to shift from 1stto 2nd gear and prevents automaticshifting into 3rd or 4th gear.

Select drive range 2 for more powerwhen climing hills and for enginebraking when driving down steephills.

• 1:

This position locks the transaxle infirst gear.

Select 1 for maximum engine brak-ing when driving down serveregrades.

8 : Press down and hold the selectorlever and push it to the passengerside while shifting.

3: Shift freely.

Selector lever positions P, R and N• P (PARK):

Locks the front wheels. Select P onlywhen the vehicle is stationary and theparking brake is applied.

• R (REVERSE):Select R only when the vehicle is sta-tionary.

• N (NEUTRAL):Neutral gear position.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not use the P (Park) position inplace of the parking brake.

• Turn off the engine, apply the park-ing brake, and remove the ignitionkey when leaving the vehicle.

• Never leave the vehicle unattendedwhile the engine is running.

R D4 2 14

S4W3173A

Page 95: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE 3–17

Hold mode

The hold mode switch lets you keep thetransaxle at a specific gear range anddrive the automatic transaxle like amanual transaxle.

To activate hold mode, push the holdmode switch on the console. TheHOLD mode indicator will illuminateon the instrument panel. See “HOLDMODE INDICATOR” in the index.

Push again to return to normal mode.Indicator will go off.

Selector lever position Gear range

D4 3rd

2 2nd

1 1st

In the event of starting difficulties onslippery roads, select HOLD and D4

position. The vehicle will start off inthird gear, greatly reducing slipping andlose of traction.

To return to normal mode, push theswitch again.

Automatic transaxle emergency shiftingprocedure

If a fault has occurred in the automatictransaxle, the Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL) can be turned on. See“MALFUNCTION INDICATORLAMP” in the index.

In this situation, automatic shifting canbe cancelled or shifting may be muchharsher than normal.

You should consult a authorized repaireras soon as possible when this conditionoccurs.

A serious fault in the automatictransaxle could prevent it from shifting.

S4W3174A

4

Page 96: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

3–18 DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not drive with your foot rest-ing on the brake pedal.

Doing so will accelerate wear tobrake components. The brakes mayalso become overheated, resulting inlonger braking distance and an un-safe condition.

vvvvv WARNING

If the brake pedal can be pressed fur-ther than normal, the brakes may bein need of repair.

• Consult your authorized repairerimmediately.

vvvvv WARNING

If one of circuit fails, the brake pedalmust be pressed with greater pedalpressure and the braking distance isincreased.

• Have the brake system checkedand repaired by a authorized re-pairer immediately.

If the MIL indicator stays on after start-ing the engine and the transaxle cannotbe shifted, use this procedure:

1. Turn ignition OFF.

2. Remove key from the ignition.

3. Insert the key gently into the shiftlock release slot on the center con-sole to the front of the shift positionindicator.

4. Shift the transaxle to NEUTRAL.

5. Replace the key in the ignition andstart the engine.

6. Move the selector lever to the desiredposition and drive to the nearest au-thorized repairer.

Ask the authorized repairer to checkand repair your vehicle.

BRAKESThe braking system is designed for brak-ing performance under a wide range ofdriving conditions.

Your vehicle is equipped with front discand rear drum brakes and a dual cir-cuit braking system.

If one brake circuit should fail, the ve-hicle can still be stopped with the re-maining circuit, however, stopping dis-tance will be increased and more brakepedal pressure will be required.

Page 97: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE 3–19

WET BRAKES

Driving through water or washing yourcar can get the brake components wet.

To restore normal braking:

1. Check behind you for other vehicles.

2. Keep a safe forward speed withplenty of space to your rear and sides.

3. Gently apply brakes until normalperformance is restored.

OVERHEATED BRAKES

Braking excessively when going downa long, steep hill can temporarily over-heat the brakes. Shift to a lower gearwhen going down hills. Do not continu-ously apply the brakes.

See “ENGINE BRAKING” later in thissection or in the index.

vvvvv WARNING

After driving through deep water,washing the vehicle, or using thebrakes excessively when going downa steep hill, the brakes can tempo-rarily lose their stopping power. Thismay be due to wet brake componentsor overheating.If your brakes temporarily lose theirstopping power because of overheat-ing:• Shift to a lower gear when going

down hills. Do not continuouslyapply the brakes. See “ENGINEBRAKING” in the index.

If your brakes temporarily lose theirpower because of wet brake compo-nents, the following procedure willhelp restore their normal perfor-mance:1.Check behind you for other

vehicles.2.Keep a safe forward speed with

plenty of space to your rear andsides.

3.Gently apply the brakes until nor-mal performance is restored.

(1)(2)

(3)

S3W3221A

PARKING BRAKE

The parking brake acts on the rearwheels.

The parking brake lever is locatedbetween the front seats.

To set the parking brake, stop thevehicle, press the brake pedal and pullthe lever up firmly.

To release the parking brake, press thebrake pedal and;

1. Pull the lever up slightly.

2. Push the button on the tip of thelever.

3. Lower the lever while holding thebutton in.

Page 98: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

3–20 DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)*

The anti-lock brake system is an ad-vanced electronic braking system thatwill help prevent skidding and loss ofcontrol of your vehicle. The system al-lows you to steer around obstacles whilebraking hard, and provides maximumstopping ability on slippery pavement.

When the ignition is turned on, the“ABS” warning lamp will glow forabout 3 seconds. If the light does not goout, or if it comes on while driving,there is something wrong with the ABS.Consult your authorized repairer imme-diately. See “ABS WARNING LAMP”in the index.

ABS works by sensing the speed of eachwheel during braking. If one of thewheels is about to stop rolling, the com-puter will work the brakes separately ateach front wheel and at the rear wheels.A slight vibration in the brake pedal,accompanied by some noise, usuallytakes place while the ABS is working.

Winter parking tip

Under cold weather conditions, theparking brake can freeze in the en-gaged position. This is most likely tohappen if the brakes are wet.If there is a risk that parking brake mayfreeze after driving through water deepenough to wet brake components or hav-ing the vehicle washed:1. Apply the parking brake only tem-

porarily while you put the gear se-lector lever in “P” (for automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(for manual transaxle).

2. Block the rear wheels with wedgeblocks.

3. Then release the parking brake.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not drive with the parkingbrake on.

This can cause your rear brakes tooverheat or wear out prematurely.You may have to replace them, andyou could damage other parts of yourvehicle.

vvvvv WARNING

If the parking brake is not set prop-erly, the vehicle may move sud-denly. See your authorized repairerif an adjustment is required.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not park or operate your ve-hicle over combustible materials.

They could touch hot exhaust partsunder your vehicle and ignite.

vvvvv WARNING

• Do not use parking brake whilethe vehicle is in motion, or as asubstitute for the brake pedal.

Doing so may cause you to lose con-trol of the vehicle, resulting in a col-lision, property damage and per-sonal injury.

Page 99: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE 3–21

vvvvv WARNING

If the brake system and the ABSwarning lamp come on at the sametime, there is a failure in the brakesystem.

• Have the system checked by yourauthorized repairer immediately.

Braking with ABS

Regardless of the road conditions, donot pump the brakes. Firmly press andhold the pedal and let the ABS work foryou.

NOTE

ABS does not change the time youneed to apply the brakes, and it doesnot always decrease stopping dis-tances.

• Always leave enough room tostop, even though you have ABS.

DRIVING TIPSKICK DOWN (AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE)

For faster acceleration, press the accel-erator pedal all the way down and holdit. The transaxle will shift to a lowergear and you will have more power.When the desired speed is reached, letup on the accelerator and the transaxlewill shift up.

S3W3241A

ENGINE BRAKING

To help use of braking effect of the en-gine compression when driving on along downhill:

• For automatic transaxle, select thedrive range “2” or “1” if necessary.

Engine braking is the most effectivein drive range “1”. If drive range “1”is selected at too high speed, thetransaxle remains in current gearuntil the vehicle slows down.

Select drive range “2” for ordinaryengine braking effect. For evengreater slowing ability, select “1”

• For manual transaxle, downshift toa lower gear in a sequential order.

Page 100: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

3–22 DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE

PARKING THE VEHICLE

Hold the brake pedal down and firmlyapply the parking brake.

For vehicles with a manual transaxle:

1. Parking on level ground, place thegearshift lever in neutral.

2. On a downhill grade, place the gear-shift lever in reverse.

3. On an uphill grade, place the gear-shift lever in first gear.

For vehicles with an automatictransaxle:

1. Move the selector lever to P.

2. Turn the ignition key to LOCK andremove the key.

See “PARKING BRAKE” in the index.

STOPPING THE VEHICLE

For automatic transaxle, the selector le-ver can be left in the chosen drive rangewith the engine running. When stoppingon hills, engage the parking brake orpress the brake pedal. Do not hold thevehicle in place by pressing the accel-erator.

Switch the engine off if stopping forlengthy periods of time, as in trafficjams or at railroad crossings.

When you park, place the selector le-ver in P (A/T) or neutral (M/T), applythe parking brake, and remove the keyfrom the ignition switch.

vvvvv WARNING

• Do not downshift your manualtransaxle by two or more gearpositions at a time.

This prevents damage to yourtransaxle or loss of control and per-sonal injuries.

NOTE

Use of engine compression duringlong mountainous descents may pro-long the life of your brakes.

Page 101: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE 3–23

vvvvv WARNING

To prevent your parked vehicle frommoving accidentally, do not leavethe front wheels in a straight aheadposition when parking on a hill.

• Turn the wheels away from theroad and apply the parking brakeif parking facing downhill.

• Turn the wheels toward the roadand apply the parking brake ifparking facing upfill.

SUGGESTIONS FOR MORE ECONOMI-CAL OPERATION

Fuel economy is dependent largely onyour style of driving.How you drive, where you drive andwhen you drive affect how many miles(kilometers) you can get from a gallon(liter) of fuel.To obtain maximum fuel economy:• Accelerate slowly• Avoid unnecessary idling.• Keep the engine properly tuned.• Do not race the engine.• Use the air conditioning only when

necessary.• Slow down when driving on rough

roads.• Keep the tires inflated to the recom-

mended pressure.• Maintain a safe distance from other

vehicles to avoid a collision in caseof sudden stops. This will also reducewear on the brake pads and linings.

• Do not carry unnecessary weight.

• Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving.

• Adhere to the vehicle maintenanceschedule and specifications in thismanual.

Page 102: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

3–24 DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE

DRIVING THROUGH DEEP WATER

When you are about to drive throughdeep water, you must check the puddleor standing water is not too deep. If youdrive too quickly through deep water,water can enter your engine through theair intake causing severe damage.

vvvvv CAUTION

Before attempting to drive throughdeep water, always observe the fol-lowing precautions:

• Do not drive through water if thedepth is slightly lower than the un-derbody of your vehicle.

• Drive as slow as you can in highRPM with the lowest gear position.

HAZARDOUS DRIVING

When hazardous driving is encountereddue to water, snow, ice, mud, sand, orsimilar conditions:

• Slow down your vehicle and drivecautiously allowing extra distance forbraking.

• Avoid sudden maneuvers when brak-ing, steering or accelerating.

• When braking, press the brake pedalwith a light, up-and-down motionuntil the vehicle is stopped, unlessequipped with ABS. For vehiclesequipped with ABS, press firmly onthe brake pedal and steer around anyhazard.

• If stuck in snow, mud or sand, usesecond gear to avoid spinning thefront wheels.

• Use sand, tire chains, or other non-slip materials under the front wheelsto provide traction when stuck in ice,snow, or mud. See “ROCKINGYOUR VEHICLE” in the index formore information.

HYDROPLANING

If your vehicle hydroplanes on a wetroad, you cannot control your vehiclebecause there is little or no tractionbetween road and your tires.

Hydroplaning may occur depending onthe road conditions, tread and inflationof your tires and the speed of your ve-hicle. It is very dangerous.

The best way to prevent hydroplaningis to lower the speed of your vehicleand be cautious whenever you feel theroad is wet enough.

Page 103: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE 3–25

TRAILER TOWINGYour vehicle is designed primarily as apassenger vehicle, therefore handling,braking, durability and economy willbe affected by towing a trailer.

Your safety and satisfaction dependupon proper use of correct equipment.Also, you should avoid overloadingand other abusive use.

The maximum loaded trailer weight youcan pull with your vehicle depends onyour intended use and what specialequipment has been installed. Before at-tempting any towing, ensure that thecorrect equipment is fitted to your ve-hicle.

Your authorized repairer will help sup-ply and install towing equipment to suityour requirements.

* Maximum permissible overhang

GEOMETRIC LOCATION OF THECOUPLING BALL AND THE FIXINGPOINTS OF THE COUPLING DEVICE.(Unit: mm)

Notchback models

* Maximum permissible overhang

Hatchback models

460.

044

9.0

S3W3331B

308.0

643.0

GVW (408.5)CURB WT (490.5)

*1019.5S3W3332B

460.

044

9.0

S3W3333A

111.5

308.0

GVW (383)CURB WT (458.4)

*675.4S3W3334B

Page 104: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

3–26 DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE

Maximum Load Limits

Caravan/trailer

NoseType

With Brake 1100 50

Without Brake 500 50

With Brake 1100 50

Without Brake 500 50

With Brake 1100 50

Without Brake 500 50

With Brake 1000 50

Without Brake 400 50

1.2S

1.4S

1.4D

(unit: kg)

vvvvv WARNING

The given trailer weights are appli-cable for altitudes up to 1,000mabove sea level.

In higher elevations the engine out-put may drop so that it may not bepossible for the permissible trailerloads to be fully utilized in moun-tainous territory.

• Above 1,000m in altitude, maxi-mum permissible trailer loadsshould be reduced by 10% for ev-ery further 1,000m in altitudes.

TRAILER LOADING

To load your trailer properly, you mustknow how to measure gross trailerweight and trailer nose weight. Grosstrailer weight is the weight of the trailerplus all cargo in it. You can measuregross trailer weight by putting the fullyloaded trailer on a vehicle scale.

Trailer nose weight is the downwardforce exerted on the hitch by the trailercoupler, with the trailer fully loaded andthe coupler at its normal towing height.This weight can be measured usingbathroom scales.

The weight of your loaded trailer (grosstrailer weight) should never exceed thespecified values.

The maximum permissible trailer noseweight is 50kg.

The permissible trailer loads are validfor gradients up to 12%.

When the trailer has been coupled, thepermissible rear axle load for the fullyloaded towing vehicle (including occu-pants) must not be exceeded.

vvvvv WARNING

Total gross vehicle weight withtrailer must not exceed the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) ofthe vehicle.

The total gross vehicle weight is theweight of the vehicle, driver, passen-gers, luggage or cargo, plus theweight of the hitch and the trailernose weight.

M/T

M/T

M/T

A/T

Page 105: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE 3–27

vvvvv WARNING

Incorrect loading and crosswinds,large trucks passing or rough roadscan cause swaying or trailer separa-tion.• Adjust nose load by distribution of

load in trailer.• Check by weighing loaded trailer

and nose load separately.• Check the relevant country or ter-

ritory registration authorities forthe legal maximum towing weightcapacities.

TIRES

When towing trailers, be sure your tiresare properly inflated to the inflationpressure shown on the tire pressure la-bel in the driver's door shut.

SAFETY CHAINS

Always attach safety chains betweenyour vehicle and the trailer. Cross thesafety chains under the nose of the trailerso that the nose will not drop to theroad if it becomes separated from thehitch. Follow the manufacturer's recom-mendation for attaching safety chains.Always leave just enough slack to per-mit full turning. Never allow safetychains to drag on the road.

BRAKE FLUID

Change the brake fluid every 15,000 km(10,000 miles) under the following con-ditions.• Towing a trailer frequently.• Driving in hilly or mountainous ter-

rain.

TRAILER BRAKES

If the caravan/trailer brakes are used,you should follow all instructions pro-vided by the manufacturer. Nevermodify the brake system of your ve-hicle.TRAILER LIGHTS

Make sure your trailer is equipped withlights which meet country and local re-quirements. Always check for the properoperation of all trailer lights before youstart to tow.

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

Inspect the automatic transaxle fluid ev-ery 15,000 km (10,000 miles).

TOWING TIPS

When towing a trailer, your vehicle willhandle differently than under normaldriving conditions.For safety, observe the following precau-tions:• Practice turning, stopping, and re-

versing before you begin towing intraffic. Do not tow in traffic until youare confident that you can handle thevehicle and trailer safely.

• Before driving, make sure that thelighting system of the trailer worksproperly.

• Do not drive faster than 50 mph(80 km/h) or legal maximum speeds,whichever is lower.

• When driving uphill do not drivefaster than 19 mph (30 km/h) in firstgear or 31 mph (50 km/h) in secondgear.

Page 106: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

3–28 DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE

PARKING ON HILLS

You really should not park your vehicle,with a trailer attached, on a hill. Ifsomething goes wrong, your rig couldstart to move. People can be injured,and both your vehicle and the trailercan be damaged.

But if you ever have to park your rigon a hill, here's how to do it:

1. Apply your foot brakes, but don'tshift into PARK (P) for a automatictransaxle yet, or into a gear for amanual transaxle.

2. Have someone place chocks underthe trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are in place,release the foot brakes until thechocks absorb the load.

4. Re-apply the foot brakes. Thenapply your handbrake, and thenshift to PARK (P) for a automatictransaxle, or First or Reverse gear fora manual transaxle.

5. Release the foot brakes.

You really should not park your ve-hicle, with a trailer attached, on ahill.If something goes wrong, such as thetrailer hitch becoming disengaged,people can be injured and both thevehicle and trailer can be damaged.

• If someone removing the blocksstands directly behind the trailer,they could be injured. If your brakesor the hitch slipped, the trailer couldroll backwards.Make sure anyone removing blocksfrom your wheels stands to one side.

• Take note of trailer manufacturer'sinstructions.

DRIVING ON GRADIENTSReduce speed and shift to a lower gearbefore you start down a long or steepdown gradient. If you don't shift down,you might have to use your brakes somuch that they would get hot and nolonger work efficiently.On a long uphill gradient, shift downand reduce your speed to around45 mph (70km/h) to reduce the possibil-ity of engine and transaxle overheating.

• Make sure that you have enoughroom when cornering and avoid sud-den manoeuvres.

• Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration orstops.

• Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.• Always drive your vehicle at a mod-

erate speed.• Always have someone guide you

when reversing.• Allow adequate stopping distance.

Stopping distance is increased whenyou tow a trailer.

• Slow down and shift down into alower gear before descending steep orlong downhill grades.

• Avoid holding the brake pedal downtoo long or too frequently, which willcause the brakes to overheat and re-sult in reduced brake efficiency.

• Always block the wheels on bothvehicle and trailer when parking.Apply the handbrake firmly.

• Parking on a steep slope is not rec-ommended.

Page 107: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE 3–29

WHEN YOU ARE READY TO LEAVE AFTERPARKING ON A HILL

1. Apply your foot brakes and hold thepedal down while you:

• Start your engine

• Shift into a gear and

• Release the handbrake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clearof the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick up andstore the chocks.

MAINTENANCE WHEN TRAILER TOWING

Your vehicle will need service more of-ten when you're pulling a trailer. Seethe maintenance Schedule for more in-formation on this. Things that are es-pecially important in trailer operationare automatic transaxle fluid (don't over-fill), engine oil, belt, cooling system,brake fluid and brake adjustment. Eachof these is covered in this manual andthe index will help you find themquickly. If you're trailering, it's a goodidea to review these sections before youstart your trip.

Check periodically to see that all hitchnuts and bolts are tight.

vvvvv WARNING

To protect against CO entering thevehicle, inspect the exhaust systemand body according to the followingrecommendations:• At each oil change.• Whenever you notice a change in

sound of exhaust system.• If exhaust system, underbody or

rear of vehicle is damaged or be-comes corroded.

• Do not run the engine in confinedor closed areas, such as garages.Move vehicle to an open area.

(Continued)

ENGINE EXHAUST (CARBONMONOXIDE)Engine exhaust gases contain carbonmonoxide (CO) which is colorless andodorless. Prolonged exposure to CO canlead to unconsciousness and death.

Whenever you suspect that exhaustgases are entering the vehicle, immedi-ately take your vehicle to your autho-rized repairer.

Page 108: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

3–30 DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE

vvvvv WARNING

(Continued)• Do not sit in parked vehicle with

the engine running for extendedperiods of time.

• When vehicle is stopped in an un-confined area for any amount oftime, put your ventilation in freshair mode to draw outside air in-side. (See “RECIRCULATION” inthe index)

• Do not drive with trunk lid ortailgate open. If driving this wayis unavoidable, close windows,put your ventilation system infresh air mode and run the blowerat high speed. (See “RECIRCU-LATION” in the index)

Page 109: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–1

• AIR VENTS ............................................................ 4-2

• CONTROL PANEL ................................................. 4-3

• AIR CONDITIONING ............................................ 4-7

• HEATING ............................................................... 4-8

• VENTILATION ....................................................... 4-9

• DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING ....................... 4-10

CLIMATE CONTROL ANDAUDIO SYSTEM4

• OPERATING TIPS FOR VENTILATIONSYSTEM ............................................................... 4-10

• RDS RADIO AND CASSETTE .............................. 4-11

• RDS RADIO, CASSETTE AND CD-CHANGER ..... 4-37

• RDS RADIO AND CD.......................................... 4-59

• REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................. 4-82

Page 110: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–2 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

AIR VENTSSide vents

You can direct air through both adjust-able side vents toward either side of thefront passenger area, or toward the sidewindows.

Windshield defroster vents

The windshield defroster vents direct aironto the windshield.

Center vents

You can control the direction of airflowthrough both adjustable center vents.

Floor vents

The floor vents direct air into the frontfoot area.

Front door window defroster vents

The front door window defroster ventsdirect air onto the side windows, mainlyin the area near the outside mirror.

Rear vents*

Cooled or heated air travels to the rearfoot area through ducts underneath thefront seats.

1. Side vent

2. Windshield defroster vent

3. Center vent

4. Floor vent

5. Front door window defrostervent

S4W4011A

1

5 5

1

3

2

4 4

Page 111: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–3

CONTROL PANEL1. Temperature control knob.

2. Fan control knob.

3. Air distribution mode knob.

4. Air conditioning (A/C) button*. See“AIR CONDITIONING” later inthis section.

TEMPERATURE CONTROL KNOB

The temperature control knob controlsthe temperature of the air that comesthrough the air vents.

Turn the knob to the blue area to getcool air and to the red area to get warmair.

5. Recirculation button.

6. Rear window and outside mirror*defroster button. See “REAR WIN-DOW DEFROSTER BUTTON” inthe index.

S5W4001A

1 4

5 6

3

2

1

6

3

2

5S3W4031A

(Heater + A/C)

(Heater only)

Page 112: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–4 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

FAN CONTROL KNOB

You may control the rate of airflowcoming from the system by turning thefan speed control knob. Turn the knobclockwise to increase the fan speed andcounterclockwise to decrease the fanspeed.

Adjust the fan control knob from step1 to step 4 as you wish.

Front ( W )

This setting directs air through centerand side vents.

AIR DISTRIBUTION MODE KNOB

Adjust the air distribution knob to thedesired mode which you want to directthe air flow.

The air distribution knob can be set inone of five positions:

S3W4041A S3W4051A S4W4052A

Page 113: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–5

Bi-level ( E )

Directs air in two ways. Half of the airthrough the floor vents and the remain-ing through the center and side vents.

Floor/Defrost ( S )

This mode directs air through wind-shield defroster vents, front door win-dow defroster vents and the floor vents.

Floor ( Q )

Directs most of the air through the floorvents. This mode also directs airthrough the rear vents if so equipped.Keep the area under the front seats clearin order not to block the airflow to therear compartment.

S4W4053A S4W4054A S5W4004A

Page 114: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–6 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

S5W4003A

RECIRCULATION MODE BUTTON

Press this button when driving in dustyconditions or to avoid traffic or outsidefumes, and when quick cooling or heat-ing of the passenger area is required.The indicator light will illuminate andinterior air will be recirculated.

Pressing the recirculation mode buttonagain will draw outside air into the pas-senger compartment. The indicator willgo out.

For lever type adjusters, move the le-ver to the left to select outside air modeor to the right to select recirculationmode.

Defrost ( n )

Directs air through the windshield andfront door window defroster vents.

Your windows may fog if you use therecirculation mode for extended periods.If this happens, press the recirculationbutton again for the outside air mode.

(Button type)

(Lever type)S5W4005A

Page 115: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–7

NOTE

You may notice water drip under en-gine room sometimes after drivingwith A/C on. This is normal becauseyour cooling system removes themoisture from the air.

AIR CONDITIONING*The refrigeration unit of the air condi-tioning (A/C) system cools and removesmoisture, dust, and pollen from the airinside your vehicle.

Even with the A/C on, your vehicle willproduce warm air if you set the tem-perature control knob to warm.

To turn on the air conditioning (A/C):

1. Start the engine.

2. Press A/C button. (Indicator light willcome on to confirm the A/C is run-ning)

3. Adjust fan speed.

A/C BUTTON

NOTE

Because the compressor of the cool-ing system shares the engine power,you may notice slight change in en-gine power and performance whenthe compressor operates.

vvvvv CAUTION

Using your air conditioning (A/C)system while driving up long hills orin heavy traffic can cause the engineoverheating. (See “OVERHEAT-ING” in the index)

• Watch temperature gauge.

• Turn OFF the A/C if the gauge in-dicates engine overheating.

Vehicle can be damaged.

NOTE

The air conditioning will not operatewhen the fan control knob is in theoff position.

To turn off the A/C:

Press A/C button again. (Indicator lightwill go off to confirm the A/C is not run-ning)

S3W4081A

Page 116: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–8 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Normal cooling

1. Turn on the air conditioning (A/C)button. (Indicator illuminates)

2. Press recirculation button. (Indicatorilluminates)

3. Turn the air distribution knob toFRONT (w ) or BI-LEVEL (e ).

4. Turn temperature control knob toblue area for cooling.

5. Adjust the fan control knob to thedesired speed.

HEATINGMaximum heating

Use the maximum heating mode forquick heating of the passenger area. Donot use it for lengthy periods becausethe interior air may become stale andthe windows may fog. To clear thewindows, turn off the recirculation but-ton to allow fresh air into the vehicle.

For maximum heating:

1. Turn off air conditioning (A/C). (In-dicator goes off)

2. Press recirculation button. (Indicatorilluminates)

3. Turn air distribution knob toBI-LEVEL (e ) or FLOOR (q ).

4. Turn temperature control knob all theway to the red area for heating

5. Turn fan control knob to maximumspeed.

COOLING

Maximum cooling

To achieve maximum cooling duringhot weather and when your vehicle hasbeen exposed to the sun for a long time:

1. Open windows slightly to let warmair escape.

2. Turn air conditioning (A/C) on. (In-dicator illuminates)

3. Press recirculation button. (Indicatorilluminates)

4. Turn air distribution knob to FRONTmode (w ).

5. Turn temperature control knob all theway to the blue area for cooling.

6. Turn fan control knob to highestspeed.

Page 117: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–9

VENTILATIONBi-level

Use this setting on cool, but sunny days.Warmer air will flow into the floor areaand cool, outside air will flow towardyour upper body.

To use this setting:

1. Turn off recirculation button. (Indi-cator goes off)

2. Turn air distribution knob toBI-LEVEL (e ).

3. Adjust temperature control knob tothe desired temperature.

4. Turn fan control knob to the desiredspeed.

Normal heating

1. Turn off air conditioning (A/C). (In-dicator goes off)

2. Turn off recirculation. (Indicator goesoff)

3. Turn air distribution knob to FLOOR(q ) or BI-LEVEL (e ).

4. Turn temperature control knob to redarea for heating.

5. Turn fan control knob to desiredspeed.

Ventilation

To direct air through the center and sidevents:

1. Turn off air conditioning (A/C). (In-dicator goes off)

2. Turn off recirculation. (Indicator goesoff)

3. Turn the air distribution knob toFRONT (w ) or BI-LEVEL (e ).

4. Turn temperature control knob toblue area for cooling.

5. Turn fan control knob to desiredspeed.

Page 118: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–10 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

OPERATING TIPS FORVENTILATION SYSTEMIf your vehicle has been parked in di-rect sunlight, open the windows beforeturning on the air conditioning (A/C).

To clear foggy windows on rainy daysor in high humidity, decrease the hu-midity using the A/C.

Turn on the A/C system for a few min-utes at least once a week, even in win-ter or when the A/C system is not be-ing used regularly. This maintainsproper lubrication of the compressorand the seals and will prolong the ser-vice life of the system.

Driving in stop-and-go traffic may re-duce the effectiveness of the A/C system.

The A/C compressor does not operatewhen the fan control knob is turned off.

If your vehicle is equipped with air con-ditioner filter, proper maintenance is re-quired. See “AIR CONDITIONER FIL-TER” in the index. This filter removesdust, pollen and other airborne irritantsfrom the outside air which is drawn intoyour vehicle.

To keep the windshield clear and directwarm air through floor, turn the air dis-tribution knob to FLOOR/DEFROST(s ).

NOTE

Turn on the A/C to improve the effi-ciency of the defroster.

DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGINGYou can operate the defroster mode withthe air conditioning (A/C) system on oroff. To defrost the windshield:

1. Set the recirculation mode to outsideair mode (Indicator goes off) and turnthe air distribution knob toDEFROST (n ).

2. Turn temperature control knob to redarea for warm air.

3. Adjust the fan control knob to high-est speed for quick defrosting.

vvvvv CAUTION

The difference between the outside airand the temperature of the wind-shield can cause the windows to fog,thereby restricting your front vision.

• Do not use FLOOR/DEFROST(s ) or DEFROST (n ) in ex-tremely humid weather when thetemperature control knob is set tothe blue area.

This can lead to an accident whichcan damage your vehicle and causepersonal injuries.

NOTE

The A/C is automatically turned onin some models to improve the per-formance of the defroster when youselect DEFROST (n ) or FLOOR/DEFROST (s ) mode.

Page 119: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–11

RDS RADIO AND CASSETTEBefore using the device for the firsttime, please read these instructions care-fully.

CONTROLS (MECHANICAL DECK)

vvvvv WARNING

Road safety has absolute priority.Only operate your car radio if theroad and traffic conditions allow youto do so. Familiarise yourself withthe unit before setting off on yourjourney.

When inside your vehicle, you shouldalways be able hear police, firefighter and ambulance sirens in time.For this reason, set the volume ofwhatever you are listening to to areasonable level.

vvvvv WARNING

The audio system can be damagedwhen starting the vehicle with jumpleads. Switch the system off.

CONTROLS (LOGIC DECK) S3W4141C

AUTO REVERSEHI-POWER 40Wx4CH

MTL RDS PTY lo LD RPT MIX SCANTRAFFIC

RDS

LDAM/FMTR MENU

SRC

TUNE

PTY

AUDIO1 2 3 4 5

TS

21 9

16 15 14 1213 11 10

3 4 5 6 7 8

S3W4142B

MTL RDS PTY lo LD RPT MIX SCANTRAFFIC

LDMTLMTL RPT

RDS

AM/FMMENU

SRC

TUNE

AUDIO1 2 3 4 5TR

PTY

TS

21 9

16 15 14 1213 11 10

3 4 5 6 8

AUTO REVERSEHI-POWER 40Wx4CH

Page 120: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–12 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

1. Volume control, to switch the uniton/off and operate the mute volumefunction.

2.r button, to unlock the removablecontrol panel (release panel).

3.RDS button, to switch the RDS func-tion on/off (Radio Data System).To display scrolling text.

4.Cassette eject.

5.Cassette compartment.

6. (Mechanical deck) Fast tape re-wind button.(Logic deck) 5 button, to swtichthe tape side.

7. Fast tape forward wind button.

8.SRC button, to select the radio, cas-sette, CD changer (if connected)and AUX sources.

9.Arrow buttons.

10. AUDIO button, to adjust the sound(bass and treble) and sound distri-bution (balance and fader) settings.

11. LD button, to activate the loudnessfunction.

12. MENU button, to open the basicsettings menu.

13. Keys 1 - 5.

14. TR button (traffic), to switch traf-fic information standby on/off.PTY, to switch the PTY function on/off.

15. AM/FM button (band), to select ra-dio mode, the FM memory levels,and the MW and LW wavebands.

16. SCAN button, to start the scan func-tion.TS, starts the Travelstore function.

Page 121: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–13

DISPLAY (MECHANICAL DECK)RECEPTION INTERFERENCE

Radio reception is affected by thestation's signal strength and the distanceto the radio station, buildings, bridges,mountains, etc.

Variations in reception quality can be causedby external influences.

DISPLAY (LOGIC DECK)

S3W4143A

MTL RDS PTY lo LD RPT MIX SCANTRAFFIC

14 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5

21 4

S3W4144A

MTL RDS PTY lo LD RPT MIX SCANTRAFFIC

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5

3 421

Page 122: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–14 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

1. Waveband and memory level dis-play

2.Main display area

3. Dolby symbol, illuminates when theDolby function is activated.

4. Stereo symbol, illuminates when astation is received in stereo.

5. SCAN indicator, illuminates whenthe SCAN function is activated.

6. MIX indicator, illuminates whenthe MIX function is activated (onlyif a CD changer is connected).

7. RPT indicator, illuminates when therepeat function is activated (only ifa CD changer is connected).

8. LD indicator, illuminates whenloudness is activated.

9. lo indicator, illuminates when theseek tuning sensitivity is set to "lo".

10. PTY indicator, illuminates whenPTY is activated.

11. RDS indicator, illuminates when theRDS function is activated.

12. TRAFFIC indicator, illuminateswhen radio traffic information isactivated.

13. MTL indicator, illuminates whenthe tape type is set to “Metal”.

14. Cassette symbol, illuminates if a cas-sette is in the unit.

Page 123: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–15

Switching ON by inserting a cassette:

Mechanical Deck

If the unit is switched off and there isno cassette inserted in the drive,

gently insert a cassette with the openedge on the right into the cassettecompartment.

The until switches on. Cassette playbackbegins.

Logic Deck

If the unit is switched off and there isno cassette inserted in the drive,

gently insert the cassette with theopen side facing towards the rightinto the drive until you feel someresistance.

The cassette will be drawn into thedrive automatically. The unit switcheson. Cassette playback begins.

NOTE

To protect the vehicle battery, theunit will switch off automaticallyafter one hour if the ignition is off.

GENERAL OPERATION

Switching ON/OFF

Switching on/off using the vehicle ignition:

If you did not switch the unit off usingbutton (1) and the removable controlpanel is attached, you can turn the uniton/off simultaneously with the vehicleignition.

You can switch the unit on even if theignition is off:

To do so, press button (1).

Switching ON/OFF using the detachablecontrol panel:

Remove the control panel.

The unit switches off.

Attach the control panel again.

The unit switches on. The settings (ra-dio, cassette, CD changer or AUX) thatwere set before the unit was switchedoff will be reactivated.

Switching ON/OFF using button (1):

To switch the unit on, press button (1).

To switch the unit off, press button (1)for longer than two seconds.

NOTE

You must not hinder or assist thedrive as it draws in the cassette.

Page 124: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–16 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Adjusting the volume

The system volume can be adjusted insteps from 0 (off) to 41 (maximum).

To increase the system volume,

turn the knob/pushbutton (1) in aclockwise direction.

To decrease the system volume,

turn the knob/pushbutton (1) in ananticlockwise direction.

Setting the power-on volume:

You can set the volume that you wantthe unit to play at when it is switchedon.

Press the MENU button (12).

Keep pressing the B orY button (9)until "ON VOL" appears in the dis-play.

Set the power-on volume using the <<or >> button (9).

To help you adjust the volume moreeasily, the volume will be increased /decreased as you make your changes.

If you change the setting to "0", thepower-on volume will be the same asthe volume level that you heard beforethe unit was last switched off.

NOTE

To protect your hearing, the power-on volume is limited to a value of"30". If the volume level was higherwhen the unit was switched off andthe power-on volume is set to "0",the unit will switch on again with avolume level of "30".

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (12) twice.

Instantaneously reducing the volume(mute)

You can instantaneously reduce the vol-ume (mute) to a level preset by you.

Briefly press button (1).

"MUTE" appears in the display.

Setting The Mute Level:

You can set the unit's volume mutelevel.

Press the MENU button (12).

Keep pressing the B orY button (9)until "MUTE LVL" appears in thedisplay.

Set the mute level using the << or >>button (9).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (12) twice.

Page 125: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–17

Sound and volume distribution settings

You can adjust the sound settings (bassand treble) separately for each source(radio, cassette, CD changer and AUX).The volume distribution settings (faderand balance) apply to all the audiosources.

Adjusting the bass:

To adjust the bass,

press the AUDIO button (10).

"BASS" appears in the display.

Press the B orY button (9) to adjustthe bass.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the AUDIO button (10).

Mute while telephoning

If your unit is connected to a mobiletelephone, the car radio's volume willbe muted as soon as you "pick up" thetelephone. This will only work if themobile telephone is connected to theunit correctly.

If a traffic announcement is receivedduring a telephone call and traffic in-formation priority has been activated,the traffic announcement will only beplayed once the phone call is ended. Forfurther details, read the chapter entitled"Traffic information reception".

The volume will be reduced to the setmute volume level.

Configuring the confirmation beep

For some functions you will hear a con-firmation beep if you keep a buttonpressed for longer than two seconds,e.g. when storing a radio station to astation preset button.

You can switch the confirmation beepon/off.

Press the MENU button (12).

Keep pressing the B orY button (9)until "BEEP OFF" or "BEEP ON"appears in the display.

"BEEP OFF" means that the confirma-tion beep is switched off, "BEEP ON"means it is switched on.

Use the << / >> buttons (9) to switchbetween the settings.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (12).

Page 126: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–18 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Adjusting the treble:

To adjust the treble,

press the AUDIO button (10).

"BASS" appears in the display.

Keep pressing the << or >> button (9)until "TREB" appears in the display.

Press the B orY button (9) to adjustthe treble.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the AUDIO button (10).

Adjusting the front/back volume distribu-tion (fader):

To adjust the front/back volume distri-bution (fader),

press the AUDIO button (10).

"BASS" appears in the display.

Keep pressing the << or >> button (9)until "FADER" appears in the dis-play.

Press the B orY button (9) to adjustthe fader (back/front).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the AUDIO button (10).

Adjusting the left/right volume distribution(balance):

To adjust the left/right volume distribu-tion (balance),

press the AUDIO button (10).

"BASS" appears in the display.

Keep pressing the << or >> button (9)until "BAL" appears in the display.

Press the B orY button (9) to adjustthe balance (left/right).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the AUDIO button (10).

Page 127: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–19

• REG: At certain times, some radiostations divide their programme intoregional programmes providing dif-ferent regional content. You can usethe REG function to prevent the carradio from switching to alternativefrequencies that are transmitting dif-ferent programme content.

Loudness

The loudness feature can be used toboost the bass at low volume levels.

The loudness boost can be set in stepsranging from 1 to 3.

"LOUDNESS OFF" means that theloudness feature is switched off.

Press the LD button (11).

Keep pressing one of the << / >> orB / Y buttons (9) until the requiredsetting appears in the display.

If you set the loudness boost to a valueof 1, 2 or 3, the LD indicator appearsin the display.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the LD button (11).

NOTE

You can adjust the loudness settingsseparately for each audio source (ra-dio, cassette, CD changer and AUX).

RADIO MODEThis unit is equipped with an RDS ra-dio receiver. Many of the receivable FMstations transmit a signal that not onlycarries the programme but also addi-tional information such as the stationname and programme type (PTY). Thestation name appears in the display assoon as it is received.

Switching to radio modeIf you are in cassette or CD changermode,

press the AM/FM button (15).or

keep pressing the SRC button (8) untilthe unit switches to radio mode.

"RADIO" appears in the display.

Convenient RDS functions (AF, REG)The convenient RDS functions AF (Al-ternative Frequency) and REG (Re-gional) extend your radio's range offunctions.

• AF: If this RDS function is activated,the unit automatically tunes into thebest receivable frequency for the sta-tion that is currently set.

Switching REG ON/OFF:

Press the MENU button (12).

Keep pressing the B orY button (9)until "REG" appears in the display."OFF" or "ON" is displayed along-side "REG".

To switch REG on/off, press the <<or >> button (9).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (12).

NOTE

REG must be separately activated/de-activated in the menu.

Page 128: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–20 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Switching The RDS Function ON/OFF:

To use the RDS functions (AF andREG), press the RDS button (3).

If you activated the RDS function,"RDS" lights up in the display.

Selecting the frequency range / memorylevel

This unit can receive programmesbroadcast over the FM frequency rangeas well as the MW and LW (AM)ranges.

There are three preset memory levelsfor the FM frequency range (FM 1, FM2 and FMT) and one for each of theMW and LW ranges.

You can store five stations on eachmemory level.

To switch between the memory levelsor frequency ranges,

briefly press the AM/FM button (15)repeatedly until the required fre-quency range / memory level is dis-played.

Tuning into a station

There are various ways of tuning intoa station.

Automatic Seek Tuning:

Press the B orY button (9).

The unit tunes into the next receivablestation.

Tuning Into Stations Manually:

You can also tune into stations manu-ally.

Press the << or >> button (9).

Browsing Through Broadcasting Net-works (Only FM):

If a radio station provides severalprogrammes (e.g. Radio1, Radio2,Radio3, etc.), you have the option ofbrowsing through its so-called "broad-casting network".

NOTE

You can only tune into stationsmanually if the RDS function is de-activated.

To switch to the next station on thebroadcasting network,

press the << or >> button (9).

When using this feature, you will onlybe able to switch to stations that youhave received once already. To do so,use the scan or Travelstore function.

NOTE

The RDS function must be activatedbefore you can use this feature.

Page 129: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–21

Keep the SCAN (TS) button (16)pressed for longer than two seconds.

The station storing procedure begins."T-STORE" appears in the display.After the process is completed, the sta-tion that is stored in FMT memory lo-cation 1 will be played.

Listening to station presets:

Select the memory level or frequencyrange.

Press the station preset button 1 - 5(13) that corresponds to the stationyou want to listen to.

Setting the sensitivity of station seektuning

You can choose whether to only tuneinto stations with a strong reception orto also tune into those with a weak re-ception.

Press the MENU button (12).

Keep pressing the B orY button (9)until "SENS HI" or "SENS LO" ap-pears in the display.

The display shows the currently set sen-sitivity level. "SENS HI6" means thatthe tuner is highly sensitive; "SENSLO1" means it is set to the lowest sen-sitivity setting.

If you select "SENS LO", "lo" lightsup in the display.

Set the required sensitivity using the<< or >> button (9).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (12).

Storing station presets

Storing Stations Manually

Select the required memory, i.e.FM1, FM2, FMT, or one of the MWor LW frequency ranges. To do so,briefly press the AM/FM button (15)repeatedly until the required fre-quency range / memory level is dis-played.

Tune into the required station.

Press one of the station buttons 1 - 5(13) for longer than two seconds tostore the station to that button.

Storing Stations Automatically(Travelstore):

You can automatically store the five sta-tions with the strongest reception in theregion (only for FM). The stations arestored in the FMT memory.

NOTE

Any stations that were previouslystored on this memory level are de-leted in the process.

Page 130: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–22 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

For example, the programme types canbe:CULTURE TRAVEL JAZZSPORT NEWS POPROCK CLASSICS

Using the PTY function, you can di-rectly select stations of a particularprogramme type.

PTY-EON

If you specify the programme type andstart seek tuning, the unit will switchfrom the current station to a station ofthe selected programme type.

Scanning receivable stations (SCAN)

You can briefly play (scan) all the re-ceivable stations. You can set the scan-ning time to between 5 and 30 secondsin the menu.

Starting Scan:

Briefly press the SCAN (TS) button(16).

Scanning begins. "SCAN" appearsbriefly in the display followed by aflashing display of the current stationname or frequency.

Stopping Scan and continuing listeningto a station:

Press the SCAN (TS) button (16).

Scanning is stopped and the station thatwas tuned into last will remain active.

Setting the scantime

Press the MENU button (12).

Keep pressing the B orY button (9)until "SCANTIME" appears in thedisplay.

Set the required scantime using the<< or >> button (9).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (12) twice.

NOTE

The set scantime also applies to cas-sette (logic deck only) and CDchanger mode.

NOTE

If no station is found that correspondsto the selected programme type, youwill hear a beep and "NO PTY" ap-pears briefly in the display. The ra-dio will then retune to the station thatyou listened to last.

Programme type (PTY)

Besides transmitting the station name,some FM stations also provide informa-tion on the type of programme that theyare broadcasting. Your radio can re-ceive and display this information.

Page 131: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–23

Storing a Programme Type On a Sta-tion Button:

Select a programme type using the<< or >> button (9).

Keep the required station button 1 -5 (13) pressed for longer than twoseconds.

The programme type is now stored onthe station button 1 - 5 (13) that youselected.

Selecting the PTY Language:

You can set the language in which theprogramme type is displayed.

Press the MENU button (12).

Keep pressing the B orY button (9)until "PTY LANG" appears in thedisplay.

Press the << or >> button (9) toswitch between German, English andFrench.

When the required language appears inthe display,

press the MENU button (12) twice.

Switching PTY ON/OFF

Keep the TR (PTY) button (14)pressed until "PTY" appears in ordisappears from the display.

The programme type that was selectedlast appears briefly in the display whenyou switch PTY on.

NOTE

If the tuned radio station or anotherstation on the broadcasting networkbroadcasts the required programmetype at a later point in time, the ra-dio automatically switches from thecurrently tuned station or from cas-sette / CD changer mode to the sta-tion whose programme type matchesthe type you selected.

Selecting a Programme Type and Start-ing Seek Tuning:

Press the << or >> button (9).

The current programme type appears inthe display.

If you want to select another pro-gramme type, you can do so bypressing the << or >> button (9)whilst this display is visible.

Or

Press one of the buttons 1 - 5 (13) toselect a programme type that is storedon one of these buttons.

The selected programme type is dis-played briefly.

Press the B or Y button (9) to startseek tuning.

The next station corresponding to yourselected programme type will then betuned into.

Page 132: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–24 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Optimising radio receptionTreble Reduction Feature During Inter-ference (HICUT)

The HICUT function improves receptionduring poor radio reception (only FM).If interference occurs, the treble is au-tomatically reduced thus reducing theinterference level.

Switching HICUT ON/OFF:

Press the MENU button (12).

Keep pressing the B orY button (9)until "HICUT" appears in the dis-play.

Press the << or >> button (9) to setHICUT.

"HICUT 0" means no reduction will bemade; "HICUT 1" means the trebleand interference levels will be reducedautomatically.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (12).

Displaying scrolling text

Some radio stations use the RDS signalto transmit advertising or other infor-mation instead of their station name.These scrolling texts appear in the dis-play.

You can deactivate the scrolling text dis-play.

Keep the RDS button (3) pressed un-til "NAME FIX" appears in the dis-play.

To allow scrolling texts to be displayedagain,

keep the RDS button (3) pressed un-til "NAME VAR" appears in the dis-play.

TRAFFIC INFORMATION RECEPTION

Your radio unit is equipped with anRDS-EON receiver. EON stands forEnhanced Other Network.

If a traffic announcement is transmitted,the unit automatically switches from astation that does not provide traffic in-formation to a station within the samebroadcasting network that does.

Once the traffic announcement has beenheard, you will be switched back to theprogramme that you were listening tobefore.

Switching traffic information priority ON/OFF

Press the TR (PTY) button (14).

Traffic announcement priority is activewhen TRAFFIC lights up in the display.

Page 133: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–25

CASSETTE MODE (MECHANICAL DECK)

Cassette playback

If there is no cassette inserted in the unityet,

insert a cassette with its open edgeon the right into the cassette com-partment (5).

The side of the cassette that is upper-most is then played first of all.

If a cassette is already inserted in theunit,

keep pressing the SRC button (8) until"CASSETTE" appears in the display.

The cassette is played in the directionthat was set last.

Cassette eject

Press the c button (4).

The cassette is ejected.

Remove the cassette.

NOTE

You will hear a warning sound:

• if you leave the reception area ofa traffic information station thatyou are currently listening to.

• if, while listening to a cassette, aCD or an AUX source, you leavethe reception area of a traffic in-formation station that you aretuned into and the subsequent au-tomatic search cannot find a newtraffic information station.

• if you retune the radio from a traf-fic information station to a stationthat does not broadcast traffic in-formation.

If you hear the warning sound, you caneither switch off traffic information pri-ority or tune into a station that broad-casts traffic information.

Setting the volume for traffic announce-ments

Press the MENU button (12).

Keep pressing the B orY button (9)until "TAVOLUME" appears in thedisplay.

Set the volume using the << or >>button (9).

To help you adjust the volume moreeasily, the volume will be increased /decreased as you make your changes.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (12) twice.

NOTE

Using the volume control (1), you canalso adjust the volume during a traf-fic announcement for the duration ofthat announcement.

Page 134: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–26 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Switching over the tape playing side

Simultaneously press buttons t (6)and u (7).

The tape playing direction changes. Thedirection of play is automaticallyswitched over when the end of the tapeis reached (autoreverse).

Fast tape winding

Fast-Forwarding

To start fast-forwarding,

press the u button (7) until it clicksinto position.

"FORWARD" appears in the display.

Fast-Rewinding

To start fast-rewinding,

press the t button (6) until it clicksinto position.

"REWIND" appears in the display.

Stopping tape winding

press the fast tape-winding button forthe opposite direction.

Playback is resumed.

Switching radiomonitor ON/OFF

Whilst the tape is fast winding, you canlisten to the radio station that was tunedinto last. To use this feature,"radiomonitor" must be activated.

Press the MENU button (12).

Keep pressing the B orY button (9)until "RM ON" or "RM OFF“ ap-pears in the display.

Press the << or >> button (9) toswitch the radiomonitor on/off.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

Press the MENU button (12).

NOTE

You can only change the settings forthe radiomonitor if cassette mode isactive.

CASSETTE MODE (LOGIC DECK)

Cassette playback

If there is no cassette inserted in the unityet,

insert a cassette with its open edgeon the right into the cassette com-partment (5).

The side of the cassette that is upper-most is then played first of all.

If a cassette is already inserted in theunit,

keep pressing the SRC button (8) until"CASSETTE" appears in the display.

The cassette is played in the directionthat was set last.

Cassette eject

Press the c button (4).

The cassette is ejected.

Remove the cassette.

Page 135: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–27

Repeating tracks

Press the 3 RPT button (13).

"RPT TRCK" appears briefly and RPTlights up in the display. At the end ofthe track, the tape is rewound to the be-ginning and the track is repeated.

To stop repeating the track,

press the 3 RPT button (13) again.

Normal playback is then continued."RPT OFF" appears briefly and RPTdisappears from the display.

Changing the playback direction

To switch between the two playback di-rections TAPE1 and TAPE2,

press the 7 9 button (6).

Skipping tracks (S-CPS)

If you want to play the next track orany track thereafter,

press the Y button (9) once or sev-eral times.

"CPS FF" appears in the display to-gether with the number of tracks to beskipped. The tape is fast forwarded tothe next track or any other subsequenttrack that you selected.

If you want to select one of the previ-ous tracks,

press the B button (9) once or sev-eral times.

NOTE

The direction of play is automaticallyswitched over when the end of thetape is reached (autoreverse).

"CPS FR" appears in the display to-gether with the number of tracks to beskipped. The tape is rewound to thebeginning of the current track or to thebeginning of any other previous trackthat you selected.

Cancelling S-CPS:

If you want to cancel the track seekfunction,

press the S-CPS button (9) for the op-posite direction, or the 7 9 button (6),or one of the << / >> buttons (9).

Fast tape winding

Fast-Forwarding:

Press the >> button (9)."FORWARD" appears in the display.

Fast-Rewinding:

Press the << button (9)."REWIND" appears in the display.

Stopping Tape Winding:

Press one of the << / >> buttons (9)or B / Y buttons (9).

Playback is resumed.

NOTE

Whilst the tape is fast winding, youcan listen to the radio station that wastuned into last.

To use this feature, "radiomonitor"must be activated.

Page 136: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–28 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

NOTE

• You can set the scantime. For fur-ther details, read the section en-titled "Setting the scantime" in the"Radio mode" chapter.

• In order to be able to use theS-CPS, RPT and SCAN functions,there must be a pause of at leastthree seconds between each trackon the cassette.

Scanning all the tracks on a cassette (SCAN)

You can briefly play (scan) all thetracks on a cassette.

Press the SCAN button (16).

"CAS SCAN" appears in the display.All the tracks on the cassette are brieflyplayed in ascending order.

To stop scanning,

press the SCAN button (16) again.

The currently scanned track will thencontinue to be played normally.

Pausing playback

You can pause the cassette whilst it isplaying,

to do so, press the 20 button (13).

Playback is paused and "PAUSE" ap-pears in the display.

To cancel pause mode,

press the 20 button (13) again.

Switching radiomonitor on/off

NOTE

You can only switch the radio-moni-tor on/off whilst a cassette is playing.

Press the MENU button (12).

Keep pressing the B orY button (9)until "RM ON" or "RM OFF“ ap-pears in the display.

Press the << or >> button (9) toswitch the radiomonitor on/off.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (12).

Switching blankskip on/off

Press the MENU button (12).

Keep pressing the B orY button (9)until "BLK SKIP" appears in the dis-play.

To switch blankskip on/off,

press the << or >> button (9).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (12) twice.

Skipping blank spaces (blankskip)

You can automatically skip blankspaces on the tape that are longer thanten seconds. To do so, the blankskipfeature must be activated.

NOTE

You can only switch "blankskip" on/off whilst a cassette is playing.

Page 137: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–29

Selecting the tape type

If you play a cassette with a "metal"or "CrO2" type tape, you should set thetape type to "MTL ON".

To select the tape type,

Press the 1 MTL button (13).

"MTL ON" or "MTLOFF" appearsbriefly in the display. MTL lights up inthe display if MTL is selected as thetape type.

Dolby* B noise suppression

If you play cassettes that were recordedusing the Dolby B process, you shouldswitch on the Dolby feature.

Press the 5D button (12).

If the Dolby feature is activated, Dlights up in the display.

* Noise suppression system manufactured under license from

Dolby Laboratories. The word "Dolby" and the double-D sym-

bol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.

CD CHANGER MODE

An optional CD changer can be usedwith the radio. All the functions de-scribed in this chapter relate to theBlaupunkt CD changer CDC-A08.

Inserting a CD

The CDC A-08 CD changer is locatedin the car boot. Follow the instructionsbelow for inserting and changing CDs.

1. Opening the CD changer:

Open the CD changer door by slid-ing the door in the direction of thearrow.

2. Removing the CD magazine:

Press the eject button appearing witha grey background in the zoomedsection of the diagram. The CDmagazine is ejected.

NOTE

In order to avoid damaging the ejectmechanism, never hinder or assist theCD magazine whilst it is beingejected.

S3W4145A

EJECT

EJECT

S3W4146A

Page 138: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–30 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Place the CD – with its printed sidefacing uppermost – onto the CD tray.

Carefully slide the CD tray back intothe magazine's guide slot. Make surethat the CD tray is positioned straightin the guide slot.

5. Inserting the magazine:

Slide the magazine back into thechanger until it clicks into place.

Close the door of the CD changer.

NOTE

• Always keep the door of the CDchanger closed.

• To remove a CD, proceed in thesame way as described.

Switching to CD changer mode

Keep pressing the SRC button (8) un-til "CHANGER" appears in the dis-play.

Playback begins with the first CD thatthe CD changer detects.

Selecting CDs

To move up or down to another CD,

press the B orY button (9) once orseveral times.

Selecting tracks

To move up or down to another trackon the current CD,

press the << or >> button (9) once orseveral times.

Quick track selection

To quickly select tracks backwards orforwards,

keep one of the B / Y buttons (9)pressed until fast-reverse / fast-for-ward track selection begins.

3. Removing the CD trays:

Hold one of the CD trays by the"hook" that is located on its righthand side (arrow in the zoomed sec-tion of the diagram), and carefullypull the tray out in the direction ofthe arrow.

4. Inserting a CD:

EJECT

S3W4149A

Page 139: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–31

Fast searching (audible)

To fast search backwards or forwards,

keep one of the << / >> buttons (9)pressed until fast reversing / fast for-warding begins.

Repeating individual tracks or whole CDs(REPEAT)

To repeat the current track,

briefly press button 3 (13).

"RPT TRCK" appears briefly and RPTlights up in the display.

To repeat the current CD,

press button 3 (13) again.

"RPT DISC" appears briefly and RPTlights up in the display.

Cancelling Repeat:

To stop the current track or current CDfrom being repeated,

press button 3 (13) until "RPT OFF"appears briefly in the display andRPT disappears.

Random play (MIX)

To play the tracks on the current CDin random order,

briefly press button 4 (13).

"MIX CD" appears briefly and MIXlights up in the display.

To play the tracks on all inserted CDsin random order,

press button 4 (13) again.

"MIX ALL" appears briefly and MIXlights up in the display.

Stopping MIX:

Press button 4 (13) until "MIX OFF"appears briefly in the display andMIX disappears.

Scanning all tracks on all CDs (SCAN)

You can briefly play all the tracks onall the inserted CDs in ascending order,

press the SCAN button (16).

"SCAN" appears in the display.

Stopping Scan:

If you want to stop scanning,

Press the SCAN button (16).

The currently scanned track will thencontinue to be played normally.

Pausing playback (PAUSE)

Press button 2 (13).

"PAUSE" appears in the display.

Cancelling Pause:

Press button 2 (13) while in pausemode.

Playback is resumed.

NOTE

You can set the scantime. For furtherdetails, please read the section enti-tled "Setting the scantime" in the"Radio mode" chapter.

Page 140: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–32 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

EXTERNAL AUDIO SOURCES

Instead of connecting a CD changer, youcan connect another audio sourceequipped with a line output. The audiosource, for example, can be a portableCD player, MiniDisc player or MP3player.The AUX input must be activated in themenu.If you want to connect an external au-dio source, you will need an adaptercable. You can obtain this cable froma Blaupunkt dealer.

Switching the AUX input ON/OFF

Press the MENU button (12).Keep pressing the B orY button (9)until "AUX OFF" or "AUX ON" ap-pears in the display.Press the << or >> button (9) toswitch AUX on/off.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (12).

NOTE

If the AUX input is switched on it canbe selected by pressing the SRC but-ton (8).

Changing the display

You can switch between the track num-ber / CD number display and the tracknumber / playing time display.

Press the MENU button (12).

Keep pressing the B orY button (9)until "CDC DISP" appears in the dis-play.

Press the << or >> button (9).

The current setting is displayed."TIME" indicates the playing time andtrack number display. "CD NO" indi-cates the CD number and track num-ber display.

Press the << or >> button (9) to se-lect the required setting.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (12) twice.

Page 141: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–33

Detaching the control panel

Press the r button (2).

The control panel locking mechanismopens.

First, pull the control panel straightoff the unit and then out towards theleft.

• The unit switches off after the con-trol panel is removed.

• All the current settings are saved.

• Any cassette already inserted in theunit remains there.

REMOVABLE CONTROL PANEL

Theft protection

As a way of protecting your equipmentagainst theft, the unit is equipped witha detachable control panel (releasepanel). Without this control panel, thecar radio is worthless to a thief.

Protect your equipment against theft bytaking the control panel with you ev-ery time you leave your vehicle. Do notleave the control panel in your vehicle- not even in a hiding place.

The control panel has been designed tobe easy to use.

NOTE

• Never expose the detached controlpanel to direct sunlight or otherheat sources.

• Avoid making direct skin contactwith the control panel's contacts.If necessary, clean the contacts witha lint-free cloth and some alcohol.

Attaching the control panel

Slide the control panel from left toright into the unit's guide.

Press the left-hand edge of the con-trol panel into the unit until it clicksinto place.

If the unit was still switched on whenyou detached the control panel, the unitwill automatically switch on with thelast settings activated (i.e. radio, cas-sette, CD changer, or AUX) when thepanel is replaced.

NOTE

When attaching the control panel,make sure you do not press the dis-play.

2

S3W4152A

S3W4153A

Page 142: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–34 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Fogged up lens in the CD changer

The lens that focuses the CD changer'slaser beam may become fogged up incold weather. No CDs can be played ifthe lens is fogged up. If this happens,open the CD changer door and removethe magazine. The condensation on thelens will then evaporate.

NOTE

The described situation occurs par-ticularly if you insert a warm CDmagazine (e.g. straight out of yourhome) into the cold CD changer.

Cleaning the unit

• If the front of the unit is dusty, wipeit clean with a dry, dust-free cloth.Switch the unit off beforehand.

• Never use turpentine, turpentine sub-stitute (thinners) or alcohol to cleanthe unit. These fluids can damage theplastic and remove the labellingfrom the keys.

CARE AND CLEANING TIPS

Please observe the following pointswhen looking after and cleaning theunit.

Never leave audio cassettes in one of thefollowing places:

• On top of the dashboard.

• In areas subjected to direct sunlightor high temperatures.

• Near loudspeakers or strong mag-netic fields.

Cleaning the audio head:

• To maintain the highest possiblesound quality when playing cassettes,clean the audio head regularly.

• If you use a cleaning tape, read thecleaning tape's operating instructionsbefore using.

NOTE

Using the cleaning tape too often candamage the audio head.

Page 143: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–35

Handling CDs

Avoid touching the playing surface ofthe CD. Only hold the CD at its centreand edge.

After use, store CDs in their cases.

Never expose CDs to direct sunlight orhigh temperatures.

NOTE

• Never open the units' casings.

• Never spill liquid into or onto theunits.

Page 144: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–36 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

SPECIFICATIONS (EXCERPTS)

Power supply Direct current 14.4 VLoudspeaker impedance 4 – 8 ohm (4 loudspeakers)Output power 4 x 20 watts sine in accordance with DIN 45 324 at 14.4 V / 4 x 40 watts max. power

RADIO COMPONENTFrequency range FM: 87.5 – 108.0 MHz

MW: 531 – 1602 kHzLW: 153 – 279 kHz

Input sensitivity AM: 27 dBµV at 20 dB S/NFM: 5 dBµV at 26 dB S/NLW: 30 dBµV at 20 dB S/N

Signal-to-noise ratio FM/ AM: 55 dBStereo channel separation 26 dB

CASSETTE COMPONENTTape speed 4.76 cm/sec.Wow and flutter < 0.35 %Signal-to-noise ratio > 40 dB (Mech. deck),

> 50 dB with Dolby (Logic deck)Cross talk > 40 dBFrequency response 30 – 12,000 Hz

Page 145: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–37

vvvvv WARNING

Road safety has absolute priority.Only operate your car radio if theroad and traffic conditions allow youto do so. Familiarise yourself withthe unit before setting off on yourjourney.

When inside your vehicle, you shouldalways be able hear police, firefighter and ambulance sirens in time.For this reason, set the volume ofwhatever you are listening to to areasonable level.

vvvvv WARNING

The audio system can be damagedwhen starting the vehicle with jumpleads. Switch the system off.

RDS RADIO, CASSETTE AND CDCHANGERBefore using the device for the firsttime, please read these instructions care-fully.

CONTROLS

AUTO REVERSEHI-POWER 40Wx4CH

Page 146: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–38 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

1. Volume control, to switch the uniton/off and operate the mute volumefunction.

2.r button, to unlock the removablecontrol panel (release panel).

3.RDS button, to switch the RDS func-tion on/off (Radio Data System).To display scrolling text.

4.Cassette eject.

5.Cassette compartment.

6.7 9 button, to switch the tape side.

7.SRC button, to select the radio, cas-sette and CD changer sources.

8.Arrow buttons.

9.AUDIO button, to adjust the sound(bass and treble) and sound distri-bution (balance and fader) settings.

10. LD button, to activate the loudnessfunction.

11. MENU button, to open the basicsettings menu.

12. Keys 1 - 5.

13. TR button (traffic), to switch traf-fic information standby on/off.PTY, to switch the PTY function on/off.

14. AM/FM button (band), to select ra-dio mode, the FM memory levels,and the MW and LW wavebands.

15. SCAN button, to start the scan func-tion.TS, starts the Travelstore function.

16. CD compartments 1 – 5.

17. CD select and eject button.

Page 147: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–39

DISPLAYRECEPTION INTERFERENCE

Radio reception is affected by thestation's signal strength and the distanceto the radio station, buildings, bridges,mountains, etc.

Variations in reception quality can becaused by external influences.

9. lo indicator, illuminates when theseek tuning sensitivity is set to "lo".

10. PTY indicator, illuminates whenPTY is activated.

11. RDS indicator, illuminates when theRDS function is activated.

12. TRAFFIC indicator, illuminateswhen radio traffic information isactivated.

13. MTL indicator, illuminates whenthe tape type is set to "Metal".

14. Cassette symbol, illuminates if a cas-sette is in the unit.

1. Waveband and memory level dis-play

2. Main display area

3. Dolby symbol, illuminates when theDolby function is activated.

4. Stereo symbol, illuminates when astation is received in stereo.

5. SCAN indicator, illuminates whenthe SCAN function is activated.

6. MIX indicator, illuminates whenthe MIX function is activated.

7. RPT indicator, illuminates when therepeat function is activated.

8. LD indicator, illuminates whenloudness is activated.

S3W4144A

MTL RDS PTY lo LD RPT MIX SCANTRAFFIC

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5

3 421

Page 148: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–40 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Switching ON by inserting a cassette:

If the unit is switched off and there isno cassette inserted in the drive,

Gently insert the cassette with theopen side facing towards the rightinto the drive until you feel some re-sistance.

The cassette will be drawn into thedrive automatically. The unit switcheson. Cassette playback begins.

GENERAL OPERATION

Switching ON/OFF

Switching on/off using the vehicle ignition:If you did not switch the unit off usingbutton (1) and the removable controlpanel is attached, you can turn the uniton/off simultaneously with the vehicleignition.

You can switch the unit on even if theignition is off:

To do so, press button (1).

NOTE

To protect the vehicle battery, theunit will switch off automaticallyafter one hour if the ignition is off.

Switching ON/OFF using the detachablecontrol panel:

Remove the control panel.

The unit switches off.

Attach the control panel again.

The unit switches on. The settings (ra-dio, cassette or CD changer) that wereset before the unit was switched off willbe reactivated.

Switching ON/OFF using button (1):

To switch the unit on, press button (1).

To switch the unit off, press button (1)for longer than two seconds.

NOTE

You must not hinder or assist thedrive as it draws in the cassette.

Page 149: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–41

Instantaneously reducing the volume(mute)

You can instantaneously reduce the vol-ume (mute) to a level preset by you.

Briefly press button (1).

"MUTE" appears in the display.

Setting The Mute Level:

You can set the unit's volume mutelevel.

Press the MENU button (11).

Keep pressing the B orY button (8)until "MUTE LVL" appears in thedisplay.

Set the mute level using the << or >>button (8).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (11) twice.

Adjusting the volume

The system volume can be adjusted insteps from 0 (off) to 41 (maximum).

To increase the system volume,

turn the knob/pushbutton (1) in aclockwise direction.

To decrease the system volume,

turn the knob/pushbutton (1) in ananticlockwise direction.

Setting the power-on volume:

You can set the volume that you wantthe unit to play at when it isswitched on.

Press the MENU button (11).

Keep pressing the B orY button (8)until "ON VOL" appears in the dis-play.

Set the power-on volume using the <<or >> button (8).

To help you adjust the volume moreeasily, the volume will be increased /decreased as you make your changes.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (11) twice.

NOTE

To protect your hearing, the power-on volume is limited to a value of"30". If the volume level was higherwhen the unit was switched off andthe power-on volume was set to "0",the unit will switch on again with avolume level of "30".

If you change the setting to "0", thepower-on volume will be the same asthe volume level that you heard beforethe unit was last switched off.

Page 150: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–42 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Configuring the confirmation beep

For some functions you will hear a con-firmation beep if you keep a buttonpressed for longer than two seconds,e.g. when storing a radio station to astation preset button.

You can switch the confirmation beepon/off.

Press the MENU button (11).

Keep pressing the B orY button (8)until "BEEP OFF" or "BEEP ON"appears in the display.

"BEEP OFF" means that the confirma-tion beep is switched off, "BEEP ON"means it is switched on.

Use the << / >> buttons (8) to switchbetween the settings.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (11).

Mute while telephoning

If your unit is connected to a mobiletelephone, the car radio's volume willbe muted as soon as you "pick up" thetelephone. This will only work if themobile telephone is connected to theunit correctly.

If a traffic announcement is receivedduring a telephone call and traffic in-formation priority has been activated,the traffic announcement will only beplayed once the phone call is ended. Forfurther details, read the chapter entitled"Traffic information reception".

The volume will be reduced to the setmute volume level.

Sound and volume distribution settings

You can adjust the sound settings (bassand treble) separately for each source(radio, cassette and CD changer). Thevolume distribution settings (fader andbalance) apply to all the audio sources.

Adjusting the bass:

To adjust the bass,

press the AUDIO button (9).

"BASS" appears in the display.

Press the B orY button (8) to adjustthe bass.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the AUDIO button (9).

Page 151: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–43

Adjusting the left/right volume distribution(balance):

To adjust the left/right volume distribu-tion (balance),

press the AUDIO button (9).

"BASS" appears in the display.

Keep pressing the << or >> button (8)until "BAL" appears in the display.

Press the B orY button (8) to adjustthe balance (right/left).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the AUDIO button (9).

Adjusting the treble:

To adjust the treble,

press the AUDIO button (9).

"BASS" appears in the display.

Keep pressing the << or >> button (8)until "TREB" appears in the display.

Press the B orY button (8) to adjustthe treble.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the AUDIO button (9).

Adjusting the front/back volume distribu-tion (fader):

To adjust the front/back volume distri-bution (fader),

press the AUDIO button (9).

"BASS" appears in the display.

Keep pressing the << or >> button (8)until "FADER" appears in the dis-play.

Press the B orY button (8) to adjustthe fader (front/back).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the AUDIO button (9).

Page 152: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–44 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

• REG: At certain times, some radiostations divide their programme intoregional programmes providing dif-ferent regional content. You can usethe REG function to prevent the carradio from switching to alternativefrequencies that are transmitting dif-ferent programme content.

NOTE

You can adjust the loudness settingsseparately for each audio source (ra-dio, cassette and CD changer).

The loudness boost can be set in stepsranging from 1 to 3.

"LOUDNESS OFF" means that theloudness feature is switched off.

Press the LD button (10).

Keep pressing one of the << / >> orB / Y buttons (8) until the requiredsetting appears in the display.

If you set the loudness boost to a valueof 1, 2 or 3, the LD indicator appearsin the display.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the LD button (10).

RADIO MODE

This unit is equipped with an RDS ra-dio receiver. Many of the receivable FMstations transmit a signal that not onlycarries the programme but also addi-tional information such as the stationname and programme type (PTY). Thestation name appears in the display assoon as it is received.

Switching to radio modeIf you are in cassette or CD changer

mode,press the AM/FM button (14)

orkeep pressing the SRC button (7) untilthe unit switches to radio mode.

"RADIO" appears in the display.

Convenient RDS functions (AF, REG)The convenient RDS functions AF (Al-ternative Frequency) and REG (Re-gional) extend your radio's range offunctions.

• AF: If this RDS function is activated,the unit automatically tunes into thebest receivable frequency for the sta-tion that is currently set.

Loudness

The loudness feature can be used toboost the bass at low volume levels.

Switching REG ON/OFF:

Press the MENU button (11).

Keep pressing the B orY button (8)until "REG" appears in the display."OFF" or "ON" is displayed along-side "REG".

To switch REG on/off, press the <<or >> button (8).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (11).

NOTE

REG must be separately activated/de-activated in the menu.

Page 153: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–45

Switching The RDS Function ON/OFF:

To use the RDS functions (AF andREG), press the RDS button (3).

If you activated the RDS function,"RDS" lights up in the display.

Selecting the frequency range / memorylevel

This unit can receive programmesbroadcast over the FM frequency rangeas well as the MW and LW (AM)ranges.

There are three preset memory levelsfor the FM frequency range (FM 1, FM2 and FMT) and one for each of theMW and LW ranges.

You can store five stations on eachmemory level.

To switch between the memory levelsor frequency ranges,

briefly press the AM/FM button (14)repeatedly until the required fre-quency range / memory level is dis-played.

Tuning into a station

There are various ways of tuning intoa station.

Automatic Seek Tuning:

Press the B orY button (8).

The unit tunes into the next receivablestation.

Tuning Into Stations Manually:

You can also tune into stations manu-ally.

Press the << or >> button (8).

NOTE

You can only tune into stationsmanually if the RDS function is de-activated.

Browsing Through Broadcasting Net-works (Only FM):

If a radio station provides severalprogrammes (e.g. Radio1, Radio2,Radio3, etc.), you have the option ofbrowsing through its so-called "broad-casting network".

To switch to the next station on thebroadcasting network,

press the << or >> button (8).

When using this feature, you will onlybe able to switch to stations that youhave received once already. To do so,use the scan or Travelstore function.

NOTE

The RDS function must be activatedbefore you can use this feature.

Page 154: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–46 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Keep the SCAN (TS) button (15)pressed for longer than two seconds.

The station storing procedure begins."T-Store" appears in the display. Afterthe process is completed, the station thatis stored in FMT memory location 1will be played.

Listening to station presets:

Select the memory level or frequencyrange.

Press the station preset button 1 - 5(12) that corresponds to the stationyou want to listen to.

Setting the sensitivity of station seektuning

You can choose whether to only tuneinto stations with a strong reception orto also tune into those with a weak re-ception.

Press the MENU button (11).

Keep pressing the B orY button (8)until "SENS HI" or "SENS LO" ap-pears in the display.

The display shows the currently set sen-sitivity level. "SENS HI6" means thatthe tuner is highly sensitive; "SENSLO1" means it is set to the lowest sen-sitivity setting.

If you select "SENS LO", "lo" lightsup in the display.

Set the required sensitivity using the<< or >> button (8).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (11).

Storing station presets

Storing stations manually

Select the required memory, i.e.FM1, FM2, FMT, or one of the MWor LW frequency ranges. To do so,briefly press the AM/FM button (14)repeatedly until the required fre-quency range / memory level is dis-played.

Tune into the required station.

Press one of the station buttons 1 - 5(12) for longer than two seconds tostore the station to that button.

Storing Stations Automatically(Travelstore):

You can automatically store the five sta-tions with the strongest reception in theregion (only for FM). The stations arestored in the FMT memory.

NOTE

Any stations that were previouslystored on this memory level are de-leted in the process.

Page 155: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–47

Programme type (PTY)Besides transmitting the station name,some FM stations also provide informa-tion on the type of programme that theyare broadcasting. Your radio can re-ceive and display this information.

For example, the programme types canbe:CULTURE TRAVEL JAZZSPORT NEWS POPROCK CLASSICS

Using the PTY function, you can di-rectly select stations of a particularprogramme type.

PTY-EONIf you specify the programme type andstart seek tuning, the unit will switchfrom the current station to a station ofthe selected programme type.

Scanning receivable stations (SCAN)

You can briefly play (scan) all the re-ceivable stations. You can set the scan-ning time to between 5 and 30 secondsin the menu.

Starting Scan:

Briefly press the SCAN (TS) button(15).

Scanning begins. "SCAN" appearsbriefly in the display followed by aflashing display of the current stationname or frequency.

Stopping Scan and continuing listeningto a station:

Press the SCAN (TS) button (15).

Scanning is stopped and the station thatwas tuned into last will remain active.

Setting the scantime

Press the MENU button (11).

Keep pressing the B orY button (8)until "SCANTIME" appears in thedisplay.

Set the required scantime using the<< or >> button (8).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (11) twice.

NOTE

The set scantime also applies to cas-sette and CD changer mode.

NOTE

If no station is found that correspondsto the selected programme type, youwill hear a beep and "NO PTY" ap-pears briefly in the display. The ra-dio will then retune to the station thatyou listened to last.

Page 156: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–48 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Storing a Programme Type On a Sta-tion Button:

Select a programme type using the<< or >> button (8).

Keep the required station button 1 -5 12 pressed for longer than two sec-onds.

The programme type is now stored onthe selected button 1 - 5 (12).

Selecting The PTY Language:

You can set the language in which theprogramme type is displayed.

Press the MENU button (11).

Keep pressing the B orY button (8)until "PTY LANG" appears in thedisplay.

Press the << or >> button (8) to switchbetween German, English andFrench.

When the required language appears inthe display,

press the MENU button (11) twice.

NOTE

If the tuned radio station or anotherstation on the broadcasting networkbroadcasts the required programmetype at a later point in time, the ra-dio automatically switches from thecurrently tuned station or from cas-sette / CD changer mode to the sta-tion whose programme type matchesthe type you selected.

Switching PTY ON/OFF

Keep the TR (PTY) button (13)pressed until "PTY" appears in ordisappears from the display.

The programme type that was selectedlast appears briefly in the display whenyou switch PTY on.

Selecting a Programme Type And Start-ing Seek Tuning:

Press the << or >> button (8).

The current programme type appears inthe display.

If you want to select anotherprogramme type, you can do so bypressing the << or >> button (8)whilst this display is visible.

Or

Press one of the buttons 1 - 5 (12) toselect a programme type that is storedon one of these buttons.

The selected programme type is dis-played briefly.

Press the B or Y button (8) to startseek tuning.

The next station corresponding to yourselected programme type will then betuned into.

Page 157: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–49

TRAFFIC INFORMATION RECEPTION

Your radio unit is equipped with anRDS-EON receiver. EON stands forEnhanced Other Network.

If a traffic announcement is transmitted,the unit automatically switches from astation that does not provide traffic in-formation to a station within the samebroadcasting network that does.

Once the traffic announcement has beenheard, you will be switched back to theprogramme that you were listening tobefore.

Switching traffic information priority ON/OFF

Press the TR (PTY) button (13).

Traffic announcement priority is activewhen TRAFFIC lights up in the display.

Optimising radio reception

Treble Reduction Feature During Inter-ference (HICUT)

The HICUT function improves receptionduring poor radio reception (only FM).If interference occurs, the treble is au-tomatically reduced thus reducing theinterference level.

Switching HICUT ON/OFF:

Press the MENU button (11).

Keep pressing the B orY button (8)until "HICUT" appears in the dis-play.

Press the << or >> button (8) to setHICUT.

"HICUT 0" means no reduction will bemade; "HICUT 1" means the trebleand interference levels will be reducedautomatically.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (11).

Displaying scrolling text

Some radio stations use the RDS signalto transmit advertising or other infor-mation instead of their station name.These scrolling texts appear in the dis-play.

You can deactivate the scrolling text dis-play.

Keep the RDS button (3) pressed un-til "NAME FIX" appears in the dis-play.

To allow scrolling texts to be displayedagain,

keep the RDS button (3) pressed un-til "NAME VAR" appears in the dis-play.

Page 158: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–50 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

CASSETTE MODE

Cassette playback

If there is no cassette inserted in the unityet,

insert a cassette with its open edgeon the right into the cassette com-partment (5).

The side of the cassette that is upper-most is then played first of all.

If a cassette is already inserted in theunit,

keep pressing the SRC button (7) until"CASSETTE" appears in the display.

The cassette is played in the directionthat was set last.

Cassette eject

Press the c button (4).

The cassette is ejected.

Remove the cassette.

NOTE

You will hear a warning sound:

• if you leave the reception area ofa traffic information station thatyou are currently listening to.

• if, while listening to a cassette orCD, you leave the reception areaof a traffic information station thatyou are tuned into, and the subse-quent automatic search cannot finda new traffic information station.

• if you retune the radio from a traf-fic information station to a stationthat does not broadcast traffic in-formation.

If you hear the warning sound, you caneither switch off traffic information pri-ority or tune into a station that broad-casts traffic information.

Setting the volume for traffic announce-ments

Press the MENU button (11).

Keep pressing the B orY button (8)until "TAVOLUME" appears in thedisplay.

Set the volume using the << or >>button (8).

To help you adjust the volume moreeasily, the volume will be increased /decreased as you make your changes.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (11) twice.

NOTE

Using the volume control (1), you canalso adjust the volume during a traf-fic announcement for the duration ofthat announcement.

Page 159: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–51

Repeating tracks

Press the 3 RPT button (12).

"RPT TRCK" appears briefly and RPTlights up in the display. At the end ofthe track, the tape is rewound to the be-ginning and the track is repeated.

To stop repeating the track,

press the 3 RPT button (12) again.

Normal playback is then continued."RPT OFF" appears briefly and RPTdisappears from the display.

Changing the playback direction

To switch between the two playback di-rections TAPE1 and TAPE2,

press the 7 9 button (6).

NOTE

The direction of play is automaticallyswitched over when the end of thetape is reached (autoreverse).

Skipping tracks (S-CPS)

If you want to play the next track orany track thereafter,

press the Y button (8) once or sev-eral times.

"CPS FF" appears in the display to-gether with the number of tracks to beskipped. The tape is fast forwarded tothe next track or any other subsequenttrack that you selected.

If you want to select one of the previ-ous tracks,

press the B button (8) once or sev-eral times.

"CPS FR" appears in the display to-gether with the number of tracks to beskipped. The tape is rewound to thebeginning of the current track or to thebeginning of any other previous trackthat you selected.

Cancelling S-CPS:If you want to cancel the track seekfunction,

press the S-CPS button (8) for the op-posite direction, or the 7 9 button (6),or one of the << / >> buttons (8).

Fast tape winding

Fast-Forwarding:Press the >> button (8).

"FORWARD" appears in the display.

Fast-Rewinding:Press the << button (8).

"REWIND" appears in the display.

Stopping Tape Winding:Press one of the << / >> buttons (8)or B /Y buttons (8).

Playback is continued.

NOTE

Whilst the tape is fast winding, youcan listen to the radio station that wastuned into last.

To use this feature, "radiomonitor"must be activated.

Page 160: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–52 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Skipping blank spaces (blankskip)

You can automatically skip blankspaces on the tape that are longer thanten seconds. To do so, the blankskip fea-ture must be activated.

Scanning all the tracks on a cassette (SCAN)

You can briefly play (scan) all thetracks on a cassette.

Press the SCAN button (15).

"CAS SCAN" appears in the display.All the tracks on the cassette are brieflyplayed in ascending order.

To stop scanning,

press the SCAN button (15) again.

The currently scanned track will thencontinue to be played normally.

NOTE

• You can set the scantime. For fur-ther details, read the section en-titled "Setting the scantime" in the"Radio mode" chapter.

• In order to be able to use theS-CPS, RPT and SCAN functions,there must be a pause of at leastthree seconds between each trackon the cassette.

Pausing playback

You can pause the cassette whilst it isplaying,

to do so, press the 20 button (12).Playback is paused and "PAUSE" ap-

pears in the display.To cancel pause mode,

press the 20 button (12) again.

Switching radiomonitor ON/OFF

NOTE

You can only switch the radio-moni-tor on/off whilst a cassette is playing.

Press the MENU button (11).Keep pressing the B orY button (8)until "RM ON" or "RM OFF“ ap-pears in the display.Press the << or >> button (8) toswitch the radiomonitor on/off.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (11).

Switching Blankskip ON/OFF

Press the MENU button (11).

Keep pressing the B orY button (8)until "BLK SKIP" appears in the dis-play.

To switch blankskip on/off,

press the << or >> button (8).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (11) twice.

NOTE

You can only switch "blankskip" on/off whilst a cassette is playing.

Page 161: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–53

Switching to CD changer mode

Keep pressing the SRC button (7) un-til "CHANGER" appears in the dis-play.

Playback begins with the first CD thatthe CD changer detects.

Selecting CDs

To move up or down to another CD,

press the B orY button (8) once orseveral times.

or

briefly press the button of the CDcompartment (17) in which the re-quired CD is located.

Selecting the tape type

If you play a cassette with a "metal"or "CrO2" type tape, you should set thetape type to "MTL ON".

To select the tape type,

Press the 1 MTL button (12).

"MTL ON" or "MTLOFF" appearsbriefly in the display. MTL lights up inthe display if MTL is selected as thetape type.

Dolby* B noise suppression

If you play cassettes that were recordedusing the Dolby B process, you shouldswitch on the Dolby feature.

Press the 5D button (12).

If the Dolby feature is activated, Dlights up in the display.

* Noise suppression system manufactured under license from

Dolby Laboratories. The word "Dolby" and the double-D sym-

bol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.

CD CHANGER MODE

Inserting a CD

The CD changer can hold five CDs witha diameter of 12 cm.

Gently insert the CD with the printedside uppermost into the required CDcompartment (16) until you feelsome resistance.

The CD is drawn into the drive auto-matically. You can insert CDs even ifthe unit is switched off. The unitswitches off again after the CD has beendrawn in.

Ejecting a CD

Press and hold the button (17) of theCD compartment containing the CDthat you want to eject until the CDis ejected.

If you do not remove the CD within 10seconds, it will be drawn back in auto-matically. You can eject CDs even if theunit is switched off. The unit switchesoff again after the CD has been ejected.

NOTE

Do not use force when inserting/re-moving the CD. You must not hinderor assist the drive as it draws in orejects the CD.

Page 162: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–54 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

To play the tracks on all inserted CDsin random order,

press the 4 MIX button (12) again.

"MIX ALL" appears briefly and MIXlights up in the display.

Stopping MIX:

Press the 4 MIX button (12) until"MIX OFF" appears briefly in thedisplay and MIX disappears.

Scanning all tracks on all CDs (SCAN)

You can briefly play all the tracks onall the inserted CDs in ascending order,

press the SCAN button (15).

"SCAN" appears in the display.

Stopping SCAN:

If you want to stop scanning,

press the SCAN button (15).

The currently scanned track will thencontinue to be played normally.

Selecting tracks

To move up or down to another trackon the current CD,

press the << or >> button (8) once orseveral times.

Quick track selection

To quickly select tracks backwards orforwards,

keep one of the B / Y buttons (8)pressed until fast-reverse / fast-for-ward track selection begins.

Fast searching (audible)

To fast search backwards or forwards,

keep one of the << / >> buttons (8)pressed until fast reversing / fast for-warding begins.

Repeating individual tracks or whole CDs(REPEAT)

To repeat the current track,briefly press the 3 RPT button (12).

"RPT TRCK" appears briefly and RPTlights up in the display.To repeat the current CD,

press the 3 RPT button (12) again."RPT DISC" appears briefly and RPTlights up in the display.

Cancelling repeat:To stop the current track or current CDfrom being repeated,

keep pressing 3 RPT button (12) un-til "RPT OFF" appears briefly in thedisplay and RPT disappears.

Random play (MIX)

To play the tracks on the current CDin random order,

briefly press the 4 MIX button (12)."MIX CD" appears briefly and MIXlights up in the display.

Page 163: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–55

Pausing playback (PAUSE)

Press button 20 (12).

"PAUSE" appears in the display.

Cancelling Pause:

Press button 20 (12) whilst in pausemode.

Playback is continued.

NOTE

You can set the scantime. For furtherdetails, please read the section en-titled "Setting the scantime" in the"Radio mode" chapter.

Changing the display

You can switch between the track num-ber / CD number display and the tracknumber / playing time display.

Press the MENU button (11).

Keep pressing the B orY button (8)until "CDC DISP" appears in the dis-play.

Press the << or >> button (8).

The current setting is displayed."TIME" indicates the playing time andtrack number display. "CD NO" indi-cates the CD number and track num-ber display.

Press the << or >> button (8) to se-lect the required setting.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (11) twice.

REMOVABLE CONTROL PANEL

Theft protection

As a way of protecting your car radioagainst theft, the unit is equipped witha detachable control panel (releasepanel). Without this control panel, thecar radio is worthless to a thief.

Protect your car radio against theft bytaking the control panel with you ev-ery time you leave your vehicle. Do notleave the control panel in your vehicle- not even in a hiding place.

The control panel has been designed tobe easy to use.

NOTE

• Never expose the detached controlpanel to direct sunlight or otherheat sources.

• Avoid making direct skin contactwith the control panel's contacts.If necessary, clean the contacts witha lint-free cloth and some alcohol.

Page 164: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–56 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Attaching the control panel

Slide the control panel from left toright into the unit's guide.

Press the left-hand edge of the con-trol panel into the unit until it clicksinto place.

Detaching the control panel

Press the r button (2).

The control panel locking mechanismopens.

First, pull the control panel straightoff the unit and then out towards theleft.

• The unit switches off after the con-trol panel is removed.

• All the current settings are saved.

• Any cassette already inserted in theunit remains there.

If the unit was still switched on whenyou detached the control panel, the unitwill automatically switch on with thelast settings activated (i.e. radio, cassetteor CD changer) when the panel is re-placed.

NOTE

When attaching the control panel,make sure you do not press the dis-play.

CARE AND CLEANING TIPS

Please observe the following pointswhen looking after and cleaning theunit.

Never leave audio cassettes in one of thefollowing places:

• On top of the dashboard.

• In areas subjected to direct sunlightor high temperatures.

• Near loudspeakers or strong mag-netic fields.

Cleaning the audio head:

• To maintain the highest possiblesound quality when playing cassettes,clean the audio head regularly.

• If you use a cleaning tape, read thecleaning tape's operating instructionsbefore using.

2

S3W4152A

S3W4153A

Page 165: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–57

Handling CDs

Avoid touching the playing surface ofthe CD. Only hold the CD at its centreand edge.

After use, store CDs in their cases.

Never expose CDs to direct sunlight orhigh temperatures.

NOTE

Using the cleaning tape too often candamage the audio head.

NOTE

• Never open the units' casings

• Never spill liquid into or onto theunits.

Cleaning the unit

• If the front of the unit is dusty, wipeit clean with a dry, dust-free cloth.Switch the unit off beforehand.

• Never use turpentine, turpentine sub-stitute (thinners) or alcohol to cleanthe unit. These fluids can damage theplastic and remove the labellingfrom the keys.

Page 166: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–58 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

SPECIFICATIONS (EXCERPTS)

Power supply Direct current 14.4 VLoudspeaker impedance 4 – 8 ohm (4 loudspeakers)Output power 4 x 20 watts sine in accordance with DIN 45 324 at 14.4 V / 4 x 40 watts max. power

CD CHANGER COMPONENTType and model Compact Disc Digital Audio

SystemCD format 12 cm compact discFrequency response 20 – 20,000 HzDistortion factor < 0.1 %Dynamic range > 80 dBSignal-to-noise ratio > 80 dBChannel separation > 70 dB

RADIO COMPONENTFrequency range FM: 87.5 – 108.0 MHz

MW: 531 – 1602 kHzLW: 153 – 279 kHz

Input sensitivity AM: 27 dBµV at 20 dB S/NFM: 5 dBµV at 26 dB S/NLW: 30 dBµV at 20 dB S/N

Signal-to-noise ratio FM/ AM: 55 dBStereo channel separation 26 dB

CASSETTE COMPONENTTape speed 4.76 cm/ sec.Wow and flutter < 0.35 %Signal-to-noise ratio > 50 dB with DolbyCross talk > 40 dBFrequency response 30 – 12,000 Hz

Page 167: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–59

RDS RADIO AND CDBefore using the device for the firsttime, please read these instructions care-fully.

vvvvv WARNING

Road safety has absolute priority.Only operate your car radio if theroad and traffic conditions allow youto do so. Familiarise yourself withthe unit before setting off on yourjourney.When inside your vehicle, you shouldalways be able to hear police, firefighter and ambulance sirens in time.For this reason, set the volume ofwhatever you are listening to to areasonable level.

vvvvv WARNING

The audio system can be damagedwhen starting the vehicle with jumpleads. Switch the system off.

CONTROLS

N4W4172A

Page 168: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–60 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

1. r button to release the controlpanel.

2. Long press: Button, to switch theunit on/off,

Short press: To mute the unit’s vol-ume.

3. Volume control.

4. CD compartment.

5. Arrow buttons.

6. Long press: c – CD eject.

Short press: SRC button, to selectthe CD, radio, CD changer or Com-pact Drive MP3 (if connected) andAUX sources.

7. Short press: MENU button to openthe basic settings menu.

Long press: to start the scan func-tion.

8. X-BASS button, to adijust theX-Bass function.

9. AUDIO button, to adjust the bass,treble, balance and fader settings.

10. Keys 1 - 6.

11. Short press: TRAF button to switchtraffic information standby on/off.

Long press: RDS button, to switchthe RDS feature on/off.

12. Short press: BND button, to selectthe FM memory banks and MW/LW wavebands (MW and LW noton the Kiel CD32), and to selectradio mode as the source.

Long press: TS, to start theTravelstore function.

Page 169: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–61

RECEPTION INTERFERENCE

Radio reception is affected by thestation’s signal strength and the distanceto the radio station, buildings, bridges,mountains, etc.

Variations in reception quality can becaused by external influences.

DISPLAY

1. Volume spectrum display.

2. Main display area.

3. Dolby symbol, illuminates when theDolby function is activated.

4. RPT indicator, illuminates when therepeat function is activated.

5. RDS indicator, illuminates when theRDS function is activated.

6. MIX indicator, illuminates whenthe MIX function is activated (onlyif a CD changer is connected).

7. lo indicator, illuminates when theseek tuning sensitivity is set to “lo”.

8. PTY indicator, illuminates when

PTY is activated.

9. Traffic jam symbol, illuminateswhen radio traffic information isactivated.

10. X-BASS indicator, illuminates whenX-BASS is activated.

11. CD symbol, illuminates if a CD isin the unit.

N4W4173A

Page 170: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–62 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

GENERAL OPERATION

Switching ON/OFF

Switching on/off using the vehicle igni-tion: If you did not switch the unit offusing button (2) and the removable con-trol panel is attached, you can turn theunit on/off simultaneously with the ve-hicle ignition.

You can switch the unit on even if theignition is off:

To do so, press button (2).

NOTE

To protect the vehicle battery, theunit will switch off automaticallyafter one hour if the ignition is off.

Switching ON/OFF using the detachablecontrol panel:

Remove the control panel.

The unit switches off.

Attach the control panel again.

The unit switches on. The settings (ra-dio, CD, CD changer or AUX) thatwere set before the unit was switchedoff will be reactivated.

Switching ON/OFF using button (2):

To switch the unit on, press button (2).

To switch the unit off, press button (2)for longer than two seconds.

Switching ON by inserting a CD:

If the unit is switched off and there isno CD inserted in the drive,

gently insert the CD into the driveuntil you feel some resistance.

The CD will be drawn into the driveautomatically. The unit switches on. CDplayback begins.

NOTE

You must not hinder or assist thedrive as it draws in the CD.

Page 171: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–63

Adjusting the volume

The system volume can be adjusted insteps from 0 (off) to 41 (maximum).

To increase the system volume,

turn the knob (3) in a clockwise di-rection.

To decrease the system volume,

turn the knob (3) in an anticlockwisedirection.

Setting the power-on volume:

You can set the volume that you wantthe unit to play at when it is switchedon.

Press the MENU button (7).

Keep pressing the V orT button (5)until “ON VOL” appears in the dis-play.

Set the power-on volume using theG or H button (5).

To help you adjust the volume moreeasily, the volume will be increased /decreased as you make your changes.

NOTE

To protect your hearing, the power-on volume is limited to a value of“30”. If the volume level was higherwhen the unit was switched off andthe power-on volume is set to “0”,the unit will switch on again with avolume level of “30”.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (7) twice.

If you change the setting to “0”, thepower-on volume will be the same asthe volume level that you heard beforethe unit was last switched off.

Instantaneously reducing the volume(mute)

You can instantaneously reduce the vol-ume (mute) to a level preset by you.

Briefly press button (3).

“MUTE” appears in the display.

Setting The Mute Level:

You can set the unit’s volume mutelevel.

Press the MENU button (7).

Keep pressing the V orT button (5)until “MUTE LVL” appears in thedisplay.

Set the mute level using the G or Hbutton (5).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (7) twice.

Page 172: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–64 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Mute while telephoning

If your unit is connected to a mobiletelephone, the car radio’s volume willbe muted as soon as you “pick up” thetelephone. This will only work if themobile telephone is connected to theunit correctly.

If a traffic announcement is receivedduring a telephone call and traffic in-formation priority has been activated,the traffic announcement will only beplayed once the phone call is ended. Forfurther details, read the chapter entitled“Traffic information reception”.

The volume will be reduced to the setmute volume level.

Configuring the confirmation beep

For some functions you will hear a con-firmation beep if you keep a buttonpressed for longer than two seconds,e.g. when storing a radio station to astation preset button.

You can switch the confirmation beepon/off.

Press the MENU button (7).

Keep pressing the V orT button (5)until “BEEP OFF” or “BEEP ON”appears in the display.

“BEEP OFF” means that the confirma-tion beep is switched off, “BEEP ON”means it is switched on.

Use the G / H buttons (5) to switch be-tween the settings.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (7).

Sound and volume distribution settings

You can adjust the sound settings (bassand treble) separately for each source(radio, CD, CD changer and AUX).The volume distribution settings (faderand balance) apply to all the audiosources.

Adjusting the bass:

To adjust the bass,

press the AUDIO button (9).

“BASS” appears in the display.

Press the V orT button (5) to adjustthe bass.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the AUDIO button (9).

Page 173: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–65

Adjusting the treble:

To adjust the treble,

press the AUDIO button (9).

“BASS” appears in the display.

Keep pressing the G or H button (5)until “TREB” appears in the display.

Press the V orT button (5) to adjustthe treble.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the AUDIO button (9).

Adjusting the left/right volume distribution(balance):

To adjust the left/right volume distribu-tion (balance),

press the AUDIO button (9).

“BASS” appears in the display.

Keep pressing the G or H button (5)until “BAL” appears in the display.

Press the V orT button (5) to adjustthe balance (left/right).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the AUDIO button (9).

Adjusting the front/back volume distribu-tion (fader):

To adjust the front/back volume distri-bution (fader),

press the AUDIO button (9).

“BASS” appears in the display.

Keep pressing the G or H button (5)until “FADER” appears in the dis-play.

Press the V orT button (5) to adjustthe balance (back/front).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the AUDIO button (9).

Page 174: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–66 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

X-BASS

The X-BASS feature can be used toboost the bass at low volume levels.

RADIO MODE

This unit is equipped with an RDS ra-dio receiver. Many of the receivable FMstations transmit a signal that not onlycarries the programme but also addi-tional informa tion such as the stationname and programme type (PTY). Thestation name appears in the display assoon as it is received.

Switching to radio mode

If you are in CD or CD changer mode,

press the BND•TS button (12)or

keep pressing the SRC button (6) untilthe unit switches to radio mode.

“RADIO” appears in the display.

Convenient RDS functions (AF, REG)

The convenient RDS functions AF (Al-ternative Frequency) and REG (Re-gional) extend your radio’s range offunctions.

• AF: If this RDS function is activated,the unit automatically tunes into thebest receivable frequency for the sta-tion that is currently set.

• REG: At certain times, some radiostations divide their programme intoregional programmes providing dif-ferent regional content. You can usethe REG function to prevent the carradio from switching to alternativefrequencies that are transmitting dif-ferent programme content.

NOTE

You can adjust the X-BASS settingsseparately for each audio source (ra-dio, CD, CD changer and AUX).

The X-BASS boost can be set in stepsranging from 1 to 3.

“X-BASS OFF” means that the X-BASSfeature is switched off.

Press the X-BASS button (8).

Keep pressing one of the G / H or V /T buttons (5) until the required set-ting appears in the display.

If you set the X-BASS boost to a valueof 1, 2 or 3, the X-BASS indicator ap-pears in the display.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the X-BASS button (8).

NOTE

REG must be separately activated/de-activated in the menu.

Switching REG ON/OFF:

Press the MENU button (7).

Keep pressing the V orT button (5)

until “REG” appears in the display.“OFF” or “ON” is displayed along-side

“REG”

To switch REG on/off, press theG or H button (5).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (7).

Page 175: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–67

Switching the RDS Funtion ON/OFF:

To use the RDS functions (AF andREG), press the TRAF•RDS button(11) for longer than two seconds.

If you activated the RDS function,“RDS” lights up in the display.

Selecting the frequency range/memerylevel

This unit can receive programmesbroadcast over the FM frequency rangeas well as the MW and LW (AM)ranges.

There are three preset memory levelsfor the FM frequency range (FM1, FM2and FMT) and one for each of the MWand LW ranges.

You can store six stations on eachmemory level.

To switch between the memory levelsor frequency ranges,

briefly press BND•TS button (12) re-peatedly until the required frequencyrange / memory level is displayed.

Tuning into a station

There are various ways of tuning intoa station.

Automatic Seek Tuning:

Press the V orT button (5).

The unit tunes into the next receivablestation.

Tuning into Stations Manually:

You can also tune into stations manu-ally.

Press the G or H button (5).

Browsing Through Broadcasting Net-works (only FM):

If a radio station provides severalprogrammes (e.g. Radio1, Radio2,Radio3, etc.), you have the option ofbrowsing through its so-called “broad-casting net- work”.

NOTE

You can only tune into stationsmanually if the RDS function is de-activated.

NOTE

The RDS function must be activatedbefore you can use this feature.

To switch to the next station on thebroad-casting network,

press the G or H button (5).

When using this feature, you will onlybe able to switch to stations that youhave received once already. To do so,use the scan or Travelstore function.

Page 176: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–68 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Setting the sensitivity of station seektuning

You can choose whether to only tuneinto stations with a strong reception orto also tune into those with a weak re-ception.

Press the MENU button (7).

Keep pressing the V orT button (5)until “SENS HI” or “SENS LO” ap-pears in the display.

The display shows the currently set sen-sitivity level. “SENS HI6” means thatthe tuner is highly sensitive; “SENSLO1” means it is set to the lowest sen-sitivity setting.

If you select “SENS LO”, “lo” lightsup in the display.

Set the required sensitivity using theG or H button (5).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (7).

Storing station presets

Storing Stations Manually:

Select the required memory, i.e.FM1, FM2, FMT or one of the MWor LW frequency ranges. To do so,briefly press the BND•TS button(12) repeatedly until the required fre-quency range/memory level is dis-played.

Tune into the required station.

Press one of the station buttons 1 - 6(10) for longer than two seconds tostore the station to that button.

Storing Stations Automatically(Travelstore):

You can automatically store the six sta-tions with the strongest reception in theregion (only for FM). The stations arestored in the FMT memory.

Keep the BND•TS button (12)pressed for longer than two seconds.

The station storing procedure begins.“T-STORE” appears in the display.After the process is completed, the sta-tion that is stored in FMT memorylocation 1 will be played.

Listening to Station Presets:

Select the memory level or frequencyrange.

Press the station preset button 1 - 6(10) that corresponds to the stationyou want to listen to.

NOTE

Any stations that were previouslystored on this memory level are de-leted in the process.

Page 177: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–69

Scanning receivable stations (SCAN)

You can briefly play (scan) all the re-ceivable stations. You can set the scan-ning time to between 5 and 30 secondsin the menu.

Starting Scan:

Briefly press the MENU button (7)for longer than two seconds.

Scanning begins. “SCAN” appearsbriefly in the display followed by aflashing display of the current stationname or frequency.

Stopping Scan and Continuing Listen-ing to a Station:

Press the MENU button (7).

Scanning is stopped and the station thatwas tuned into last will remain active.

Programme type (PTY)

Besides transmitting the station name,some FM stations also provide informa-tion on the type of programme that theyare broadcasting. Your radio can re-ceive and display this information.

For example, the programme types canbe:

CULTURE TRAVEL JAZZSPORT NEWS POPROCK CLASSICS

Using the PTY function, you can di-rectly select stations of a particularprogramme type.

Pty-Eon

If you specify the programme type andstart seek tuning, the unit will switchfrom the current station to a station ofthe selected programme type.

Setting the scantime

Press the MENU button (7).

Keep pressing the V orT button (5)until “SCANTIME” appears in thedisplay.

Set the required scantime using theG or H button (5).

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (7) twice.

Page 178: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–70 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Selecting a Programme Type and Start-ing Seek Tuning:

Press the G or H button (5).

The current programme type appears inthe display.

If you want to select anotherprogramme type, you can do so bypressing the G or H button (5) whilstthis display is visible.

Or

Press one of the buttons 1 - 6 (10) toselect a programme type that is storedon one of these buttons.

The selected programme type is dis-played briefly.

Press the V or T button (5) to startseek tuning.

The next station corresponding to yourselected programme type will then betuned into.

NOTE

If no station is found that corre-sponds to the selected programmetype, you will hear a beep and “NOPTY” appears briefly in the display.The radio will then retune to the sta-tion that you listened to last.

NOTE

If the tuned radio station or anotherstation on the broadcasting networkbroadcasts the required programmetype at a later point in time, the ra-dio automatically switches from thecurrently tuned station or from CD /CD changer mode to the stationwhose programme type matches thetype you selected.

Switching PTY ON/OFF

Press the MENU button (7).

Keep pressing the V orT button (5)until “PTY ON” or “PTY OFF” ap-pears in the display.

Press the G or H button (5) to switchbetween the setting.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (7).

Page 179: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–71

Storing a Programme Type on a Sta-tion Button:

Select a programme type using theG or H button (5).

Keep the required station button 1 - 6(10) pressed for longer than two sec-onds.

The programme type is now stored onthe selected button 1 - 6 (10).

Selecting the PTY Language:

You can set the language in which theprogramme type is displayed.

Press the MENU button (7).

Keep pressing the V orT button (5)until “PTY LANG” appears in thedisplay.

Press the G or H button (5) to switchbetween German, English andFrench.

When the required language appears inthe display,

press the MENU button (7) twice.

Optimising radio reception

TREBLE REDUCTION FEATUREDURING INTERFERENCE (HICUT)

The HICUT function improves receptionduring poor radio reception (only FM).If interference occurs, the treble is au-tomatically reduced thus reducing theinterference level.

Switching Hicut ON/OFF:

Press the MENU button (7).

Keep pressing the V orT button (5)until “HICUT” appears in the dis-play.

Press the G or H button (5) to setHICUT.

“HICUT 0” means no reduction will bemade; “HICUT 1” means the trebleand interference levels will be reducedautomatically.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (7).

Traffic information reception

Your radio unit is equipped with anRDS-EON receiver. EON stands forEnhanced Other Network.

If a traffic announcement is transmitted,the unit automatically switches from astation that does not provide traffic in-formation to a station within the samebroadcasting network that does.

Once the traffic announcement has beenheard, you will be switched back to theprogramme that you were listening tobefore.

Switching traffic information priorityON/OFF

Press the TRAF•RDS button (11).

Traffic announcement priority is activewhen a traffic jam symbol lights up inthe display.

Page 180: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–72 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

If you hear the warning sound, you caneither switch off traffic information pri-ority or tune into a station that broad-casts traffic information.

Setting the volume for traffic announce-ments

Press the MENU button (7).

Keep pressing the V orT button (5)until “TAVOLUME” appears in thedisplay.

Set the volume using the G or H but-ton (5).

To help you adjust the volume moreeasily, the volume will be increased /decreased as you make your changes.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (7) twice.

CD MODECD Playback

• If there is no CD inserted in the drive.

Gently insert the CD with the printedside uppermost into the CD compart-ment until you feel some resistance.

The CD will be drawn automaticallyinto the drive.

Do not use force when inserting the CD.You must not hinder or assist the driveas it draws in the CD.

CD playback begins.

• If a CD is alrendy inserted in thedrive.

Keep pressing the SRC button (6) un-til “CD” appears in the display.

Playback begins from the point at whichit was last interrupted.

NOTE

You will hear a warning sound:

• if you leave the reception area ofa traffic information station thatyou are currently listening to.

• if, while listening to a CD or anAUX source, you leave the recep-tion area of a traffic informationstation that you are tuned into andthe subsequent automatic searchcannot find a new traffic informa-tion station.

• if you retune the radio from a traf-fic information station to a stationthat does not broadcast traffic in-formation.

NOTE

Using the volume control (3), you canalso adjust the volume during a traf-fic announcement for the duration ofthat announcement.

Page 181: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–73

Selecting tracks

Press one of the T / H or G /V but-ton (5) to select the next or previoustrack.

If you press the G / T button (5) once,the currect track will be played againfrom the beginning.

Quick track selection

To quickly select tracks backwards orforwards,

keep one of the V or T buttons (5)pressed until fast-reverse / fast-for-ward track selection begins.

Fast searching (audible)

To fast search backwards or forwards,

keep one of the G H buttons (5)pressed until fast searching back-wards / forwards begins.

Random play (MIX)

Press button 5 (MIX) (10).

MIX appears in the display. The nextrandomly selected track will then beplayed.

Repeating tracks (REPEAT)

If you want to repeat a track,

press button 4 (RPT) (10).

RPT appears in the display. The trackis repeated until you deactivate RPT.

Cancelling REPEAT

If you want to cancel the repeat func-tion,

press button 4 (RPT) (10) again.

RPT diappears. Normal playback isthen continued.

Pausing playback (PAUSE)

Press button 3 (0) (10).

“PAUSE” appears in the display.

Cancelling pause

Press button 3 (0 ) (10) while inpause mode.

Playback is continued.

Cancelling MIX

Press button 5 (MIX) (10) again.

MIX disappears from the display.

Scanning tracks (SCAN)

You can briefly play all the tracks ona CD.

Hold down the MENU button (7) forlonger than two seconds.

NOTE

You can set the scantime. For furtherdetails, read the section entitled “Set-ting the scantime” in the “Radiomode” chapter.

Stopping SCAN and continuing playback

To stop scanning,

briefly press the MENU button (7).

The current track will then continue tobe played.

Page 182: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–74 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

CD CHANGER MODEAn optional CD changer can be usedwith the radio. All the functions de-scribed in this chapter relate to theBlaupunkt CD changer CDC-A08.

Inserting a CD

The CDC A-08 CD changer is locatedin the car boot. Follow the instructionsbelow for inserting and changing CDs.

1. Opening the CD Changer:

2. Removing the CD magazine:

EJECT

EJECT

S3W4146A

Press the eject button appearing witha grey background in the zoomedsection of the diagram. The CDmagazine is ejected.

Changing the display

To switch between the track numberdisplay and the track number / playingtime display,

press the MENU button (7).

Keep pressing the V orT button (5)until “CD DISP” appears in the dis-play.

Press the H button (5).

The current setting is displayed.“TIME” for the playing time displayand “PLAY” for the track number dis-play.

Press the G button (5) to select the re-quired setting.

Press the MENU button (7) twice.

Removing the CD from the unit

To remove the CD from the unit,

keep the SRC c button (6)pressed unit the CD is ejected.

Open the CD changer door by slid-ing the door in the direction of thearrow.

NOTE

In order to avoid damaging the ejectmechanism, never hinder or assist theCD magazine whilst it is beingejected.

S3W4145A

S3W4146A

Page 183: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–75

3. Removing the CD trays:

Hold one of the CD trays by the“hook” that is located on its righthand side (arrow in the zoomed sec-tion of the diagram), and carefullypull the tray out in the direction ofthe arrow.

4. Inserting a CD:

Place the CD – with its printed sidefacing uppermost – onto the CD tray.

Carefully slide the CD tray back intothe magazine’s guide slot. Make surethat the CD tray is positioned straightin the guide slot.

5. Inserting the magazine:

EJECT

S3W4149A

Slide the magazine back into thechanger until it clicks into place.

Close the door of the CD changer.

NOTE

• Always keep the door of the CDchanger closed.

• To remove a CD, proceed in thesame way as described.

NOTE

Do not use force when inserting/re-moving the CD. You must not hinderor assist the drive as it draws in orejects the CD.

Switching to CD changer mode

Keep pressing the SRC button (7)until “CHANGER” appears in thedisplay.

Playback begins with the first CD thatthe CD changer detects.

Selecting CDs

To move up or down to another CD,

press the V orT button (5) once orseveral times.

S3W4147A

S3W4148A

S3W4149A

Page 184: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–76 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Selecting tracks

To move up or down to another trackon the current CD,

press the G or H button (5) once or sev-eral times.

Quick track selection

To quickly select tracks backwards orforwards,

keep one of the V orT buttons (5)pressed until fast-reverse / fast-for-ward track selection begins.

Fast searching (audible)

To fast search backwards or forwards,

keep one of the G or H buttons (5)pressed until fast-reverse / fast-for-ward begins.

Repeating individual tracks or whole CDs(repeat)

To repeat the current track,

briefly press the 4 RPT button (10).

“RPT TRCK” appears briefly and RPTlights up in the display.

To repeat the current CD,

press the 4 RPT button (10) again.

“RPT DISC” appears briefly and RPTlights up in the display.

Cancelling repeat:

To stop the current track or current CDfrom being repeated,

keep pressing 4 RPT button (10) un-til “RPT OFF” appears briefly in thedisplay and RPT disappears.

Random play (MIX)

To play the tracks on the current CDin random order,

press the 5 MIX button (10).

“MIX CD” appears briefly and MIXlights up in the display.

To play the tracks on all inserted CDsin random order,

press the 5 MIX button (10) again.

“MIX ALL” appears briefly and MIXlights up in the display.

Stopping MIX:

press the 5 MIX button (10) until“MIX OFF” appears briefly in thedisplay and MIX disappears.

Scnning all tracks on all CDs (SCAN)

You can briefly play all the tracks onall the inserted CDs in ascending order,

press the MENU button (7) forlonger than two seconds.

“SCAN” appears in the display.

Stopping scan:

If you want to stop scanning,

press the MENU button (7).

The currently scanned track will thencontinue to be played normally.

Page 185: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–77

Pausing playback (PAUSE)

Press button 30 (10).

“PAUSE” appears in the display.

Cancelling Pause:

Press button 30 (10) whilst in pausemode.

Playback is resumed.

Changing the display

You can switch between the track num-ber / CD number display and the tracknumber / playing time display.

Press the MENU button (7).

EXTERNAL AUDIO SOURCESInstead of connecting a CD changer,you can connect another audio sourceequipped with a line output. The audiosource, for example, can be a portableCD player, MiniDisc player or MP3player.

The AUX input must be activated in themenu.

If you want to connect an external au-dio source, you will need an adaptercable. You can obtain this cable froma Blaupunkt dealer.

Switching the AUX input ON/OFF

Press the MENU button (7).

Keep pressing the V orT button (5)until “AUX OFF” or “AUX ON” ap-pears in the display.

Press the G or H button (5) to switchAUX on/off.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (7).

Keep pressing the V orT button (5)until “CDC DISP” appears in the dis-play.

Press the G or H button (5).

The current setting is displayed.“TIME” indicates the playing time andtrack number display. “CD NO” indi-cates the CD number and track num-ber display.

Press the G or H button (5) to selectthe required setting.

When you have finished making yourchanges,

press the MENU button (7) twice.

NOTE

You can set the scantime. For furtherdetails, please read the section en-titled “Setting the scantime” in the“Radio mode” chapter.

Page 186: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–78 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

NOTE

If the AUX input is switched on it canbe selected by pressing the SRC but-ton 6.

REMOVABLE CONTROL PANELTheft protection

As a way of protecting your car radioagainst theft, the unit is equipped witha detachable control panel (releasepanel).

Without this control panel, the car ra-dio is worthless to a thief.

Protect your car radio against theft bytaking the control panel with you ev-ery time you leave your vehicle. Do notleave the control panel in your vehicle- not even in a hidden place.

The control panel has been designed tobe easy to use.

Detaching the control panel

1

S3W4152A

Press the r button (1).

The control panel locking mechanismopens.

First, pull the control panel straightoff the unit and then out towards theleft.

• The unit switches off after the con-trol panel is removed.

• All the current settings are saved.

• Any cassette already inserted in theunit remains there.

NOTE

• Never expose the detached controlpanel to direct sunlight or otherheat sources.

• Avoid making direct skin contactwith the control panel’s contacts. Ifnecessary, clean the contacts witha lint-free cloth and some alcohol.

S3W4152A

Page 187: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–79

CARE AND CLEANING TIPSPlease observe the following pointswhen looking after and cleaning theunit.

Never leave audio CDs in one of the fol-lowing places:

• On top of the dashboard.

• In areas subjected to direct sunlightor high temperatures.

• Near loudspeakers or strong mag-netic fields.

Cleaning the audio head:

• To maintain the highest possiblesound quality when playing CDs,clean the audio head regularly.

• If you use a cleaning disc, read thecleaning disc’s operating instructionsbefore using.

Cleaning the unit

• If the front of the unit is dusty, wipeit clean with a dry, dust-free cloth.Switch the unit off beforehand.

• Never use turpentine, turpentine sub-stitute (thinners) or alcohol to cleanthe unit. These fluids can damage theplastic and remove the labellingfrom the keys.

Fogged up lens in the CD changer

The lens that focuses the CD changer’slaser beam may become fogged up incold weather. No CDs can be played ifthe lens is fogged up. If this happens,open the CD changer door and removethe magazine. The condensation on thelens will then evaporate.

Attaching the control panel

Slide the control panel from left toright into the unit’s guide.

Press the left-hand edge of the con-trol panel into the unit until it clicksinto place.

NOTE

When attaching the control panel,make sure you do not press the dis-play.

NOTE

Using the cleaning disc too often candamage the audio head.

S3W4153A

If the unit was still switches on whenyou detached the control panel, the unitwill automatically switch on with thelast settings activated (radio, CD, CDchanger or AUX) when the panel isreplaced.

Page 188: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–80 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

Handling CDs

Avoid touching the playing surface ofthe CD. Only hold the CD at its centreand edge.

After use, store CDs in their cases.

Never expose CDs to direct sunlight orhigh temperatures.

NOTE

The described situation occurs par-ticularly if you insert a warm CDmagazine (e.g. straight out of yourhome) into the cold CD changer.

NOTE

• Never open the units’ casings.

• Never spill liquid into or onto theunits.

Page 189: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM 4–81

Power supply Direct current 14.4 VLoudspeaker impedance 4 – 8 ohm (4 loudspeakers)Output power In accordance with DIN 45 324 at 14.4 V / 4 x 40 watts max. power

Frequency range FM: 87.5 – 108.0 MHzMW: 531 – 1602 kHzLW: 153 – 279 kHz

Input sensitivity FM: 6 dBaV at 26 dB S/NMW/ LW: 6 dBaV at26 dB S/N

Signal-to-noise ratio FM/ AM: 55 dBStereo channel separation 26 dB

Frequency response -3 dB x 1 dBSignal-to-noise ratio dB A 75 dBStereo crosstalk (1kHz) 67 dBDistortion (1kHz) 0.15%

SPECIFICATIONS (EXCERPTS)

RADIO COMPONENT

CD COMPONENT

Page 190: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

4–82 CLIMATE CONTROL AND AUDIO SYSTEM

REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM *ON / OFF SWITCH

Short press : Mute or power on.

Long press : Power off.

SRC SWITCH

Press this switch to select the desiredsource.

Source changes as follows;

VOLUME SWITCH

Press "+" switch to increase the volumeand "-" switch to decrease the volume.

SEEK SWITCH

Radio Operation

Short press : Next memory location

Long press : Seek tune upwards

Cassette Operation (Logic Deck Only)

S-CPS forwards

CD operation

S-CPS forwards

CD Changer Operation

Short press : Next CD

Long press : Next track

→ Radio → Cassette → CD(CD changer) ⎯

VOLU

ME

SRC

S5W4002A

Page 191: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

EMERGENCIES 5–1

• SPARE TIRE, JACK AND VEHICLE TOOLS ............ 5-2

• HOW TO CHANGE A FLAT TIRE .......................... 5-3

• STARTING THE ENGINE WITH JUMPER CABLES ...... 5-6

EMERGENCIES

• TOWING THE VEHICLE ........................................ 5-8

• ROCKING YOUR VEHICLE .................................. 5-11

• OVERHEATING ................................................... 5-11

5

Page 192: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

5–2 EMERGENCIES

vvvvv WARNING

Always store jack, spare tire, othertools and equipment securely in theirproper location.

• Do not store jack, spare tire, orother equipment in passenger com-partment.

In sudden stop or collision, looseequipment can be thrown around in-side your vehicle and cause personalinjuries.

SPARE TIRE, JACK AND VEHICLETOOLSYour spare tire, jack and tools are se-cured in the luggage compartment.

Secure the spare tire under the floorcover.

Store the jack and the tools in the stor-age of the luggage compartment. Besure to secure these tools and equip-ments, as you found them.

See “WHEELS AND TIRES” in theindex for more information.

vvvvv WARNING

We designed the jack for use on yourvehicle only.

• Do not use jack provided withyour vehicle on other vehicles.

• Never exceed the jack’s maximumpermissible load.

Use of this jack on other vehiclesmay damage the other vehicles oryour jack and lead to personal in-jury.

1430 lbs(650 kg)

Lithium

1 National LubricatingGrease Institute (NLGI)

MaximumWorking Load

Grease Type

Grease Class

Jack specification

NOTE

To eliminate the possibility of thejack, jack handle and tools rattlingwhile the car is moving, stow themsecurely under the floor covering.

S3W5011A

Page 193: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

EMERGENCIES 5–3

2

14 3

S3W5021A S3W5022A

How to change a flat tire

1. Remove the jack, tire changing toolsand spare tire from the storage in theluggage compartment.

2. Use the supplied wheel wrench orflat head screwdriver to pry off thewheel cover. (if so equipped.)

3. Use the wheel wrench to loosen thewheel nuts or bolts by one turn each.

4. Insert the jack handle and the wheelwrench into the jack.

5. Rotate the jack handle clockwise toraise the lift head slightly.

6. Locate the jack according to the fig.below. There is a notch at the frontand rear of the vehicle under thedoors.

7. Place the jack vertically at the frontor the rear jacking notch next to thewheel you plan to change.

HOW TO CHANGE A FLAT TIREIf a tire goes flat, observe followingsafety instruction before you change thetire.

Tire change safety precautions

1. Turn on the hazard flashers.

2. Pull off the road to a safe place awayfrom traffic.

3. Park on a firm and level surface. See“PARKING YOUR VEHICLE” in theindex.

4. Turn off engine and remove key.

5. Set parking brake.

6. Have all passengers get out of ve-hicle and stand in a safe place.

7. Use a wedge, block of wood, orrocks in front of and behind the tirethat is diagonal from the tire youplan to change.

Failure to follow these safety precau-tions can cause your vehicle to slip offthe jack possibly causing serious injury.

vvvvv CAUTION

Do not remove any of the nuts orbolts until you have raised the wheeloff the ground.

vvvvv CAUTION

Do not attempt to raise vehicle untilthe jack is in the proper position, andsecure both to the vehicle and theground.

Loosen

Page 194: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

5–4 EMERGENCIES

S3W5023A

vvvvv WARNING

• Never get under car or start or runthe engine while car is supportedby a jack.

Vehicle may slip off the jack result-ing in serious injury or death.

8. Raise vehicle by rotating jack handleclockwise until lifting head fits firmlyinto appropriate notch and tire is offthe ground about 1 inch (3 cm).

vvvvv CAUTION

• As the jack begins to raise the ve-hicle, make sure jack is properlyplaced so it will not slip.

NOTE

Do not raise vehicle more than is nec-essary to change wheel.

9. Remove wheel nuts or bolts com-pletely by turning counterclock-wise.

10. Remove tire and wheel.

11. Mount spare tire on the wheel hub.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Never use oil or grease on wheelnuts or bolts.

• Always use correct wheel nuts orbolts.

• Using the wheel lug wrench in thevehicle tool kit, tighten the lug nutsor bolts down firmly.

• As soon as possible, take your carto a authorized repairer and havethe wheel nuts or bolts tightenedaccording to specifications.

If tighten incorrectly, the nuts or boltsmight come loose.

Jack handle

JackWheel wrench

Page 195: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

EMERGENCIES 5–5

2

14 3

S3W5024A

12. Replace and lightly seat the wheelnuts or bolts by turning clockwise.

13. Turn jack handle counterclockwiseand lower vehicle to the ground.

14. Tighten wheel nuts or bolts firmlyto 88 lb-ft (120 Nm) in a “X” pat-tern; 1 → 2 → 3 → 4 (See fig.below)

vvvvv CAUTION

When using the jack, the vehiclecould become unstable and move,damaging the vehicle and causingpersonal injury.

• Use jack supplied at correct jack-ing position.

• When installing the jack for liftingthe vehicle, it should be perpen-dicular to the ground.

• Do not go under a jacked-up ve-hicle.

• Do not start vehicle while jacked-up.

• Before jacking, get all passengersout of the vehicle and clear of ve-hicle and other traffic.

• Use jack only for changing wheels.• Do not jack vehicle on an inclined

or slippery surface.• Use jacking position nearest to the

wheel requiring changing.• Block wheel diagonally opposite

the wheel to be changed.(Continued)

15. Install wheel cover if required.

vvvvv WARNING

Make sure to use the proper nuts orbolts tightened to the proper torque.

Using incorrect parts or improperlytightened wheel nuts or bolts cancause or come off the vehicle.

Tighten

vvvvv CAUTION

Have the flat tire fixed or replacedby your authorized repairer for fu-ture use as soon as possible.

vvvvv WARNING

Do not store the jack and tools in thepassenger compartment.

In a sudden stop or collision, looseequipment can be thrown around thevehicle and cause personal injuries.

16. Secure the jack, tools, and the flattire in their proper locations.

Page 196: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

5–6 EMERGENCIES

vvvvv WARNING

(Continued)• Do not allow cable terminals to

touch each other.• Wear eye protection when work-

ing near any battery.• Do not allow battery fluid to con-

tact eyes, skin, fabric, or paintedsurfaces.

• Make sure battery providingjump start has the same voltageas the battery receiving the jump.

• Do not disconnect discharged bat-tery from vehicle.

Failure to follow these precautions orthe following instructions for startingan engine with jumper cables cancause battery to explode, resulting inburns from battery acid, or electri-cal short circuit.

This can create damage to electricalsystems in both vehicles, and causeserious personal injury.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not try to start vehicle by push-ing or pulling it.

This can damage catalytic converterand automatic transaxle, and maycause personal injury.

STARTING THE ENGINE WITHJUMPER CABLES

You can start vehicle that has a dis-charged battery by transferring electri-cal power to it from a battery in an-other vehicle.

vvvvv WARNING

Batteries can explode. You could beburned by battery acid and electri-cal short could injure you or dam-age the vehicles.

• Do not expose battery to flamesor sparks.

• Do not lean over battery whilejump starting vehicle.

(Continued)

vvvvv CAUTION

(Continued)• Before jacking, ensure parking

brake is on and the transaxle is setin 1st or reverse gear (M/T) or P(A/T).

• Do not jack the vehicle and changethe wheel where traffic is close.

vvvvv CAUTION

Call a garage or motoring service forassistance where conditions are notsatisfactory for jacking the car or ifyou are not confident of completingthe task safely.

Page 197: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

EMERGENCIES 5–7

vvvvv WARNING

• Always route jumper cables sothey cannot catch on rotatingparts in the engine compartment.

Otherwise you may damage vehicleand cause serious injury.

Before jump starting

1. Apply parking brake.

2. For a vehicle with automatictransaxle, shift to PARK, and formanual transaxle, shift to NEU-TRAL.

3. Switch off all electrical accessories.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Turn audio system off before jumpstarting your vehicle. Otherwiseyou may damage audio system.

Attaching jumper cables

To jump start your vehicle, connect thejumper cables in the following order:1. Connect one clamp of the first lead

of the jumper cable to the positive ter-minal of the charged battery. (iden-tified by a “+” sign on the batterycase or terminal)

2. Connect the other end of this samejumper cable lead to the positive ter-minal of the discharged battery. (the“+” terminal)

3. Connect one end of the second leadon jumper cable to the negative ter-minal of the charged battery. (iden-tified by a “–” sign on the batterycase or terminal)

vvvvv WARNING

Last connection to the vehicle to becharged should NOT be made to thenegative (–) battery terminal.

• Attach the clamp for this last con-nection to a steel bracket bolted tothe engine block.

• This last connection should be asfar away from the battery as pos-sible.

Connecting the jumper cable to thenegative terminal of the dischargedbattery could result in arcing andpossibly a battery explosion.

Serious personal injury or vehicledamage can result.

S3W5031A

Page 198: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

5–8 EMERGENCIES

vvvvv WARNING

• Never let passengers ride in a ve-hicle that is being towed.

• Never tow a vehicle faster thansafe or posted speeds.

• Never tow a vehicle with dam-aged parts that are not fully se-cured on the vehicle.

Failure to observe these precautionscan result in personal injury.

TOWING THE VEHICLEIf it is necessary to tow your vehicle,contact a authorized repairer or a pro-fessional tow truck service.

Once the previously discharged vehicleis running:

1. Carefully disconnect the ground con-nection (-). Begin with the vehiclewith the discharged battery. Leave thedischarged vehicle running.

2. Disconnect the negative lead from ve-hicle providing the jump.

3. Disconnect the “+” lead from bothbatteries. Store the jumper cableswith the spare tire.

4. Operate the discharged vehicle forapproximately 20 minutes. This willallow the charging system to re-charge your battery.

5. If this discharge condition recurs,consult your authorized repairer.

NOTE

Attempts to start the engine of the ve-hicle with the discharged batteryshould be made at intervals of aboutone minute and should not last longerthan 15 seconds each.

4. Make the last connection to a suit-able ground, such as a steel bracketbolted to the engine block.

5. The engine of the vehicle providingthe jump start can be allowed to runduring the jump start.

S3W5041A

Page 199: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

EMERGENCIES 5–9

S3W5042A S3W5043A S5W5001A

Towing your vehicle with a wheel lift

1. Turn hazard flashers on.2. Turn ignition switch to ACC.3. Shift either automatic or manual

transaxle to NEUTRAL.4. Release parking brake.

vvvvv CAUTION

If your vehicle must be towed fromthe rear, use a towing dolly under thefront wheels.• Never tow your vehicle from the

rear with the front wheels on theroad.

Towing your vehicle with the frontwheels on the road can cause severedamage to your vehicle transaxle.

5. Tow the vehicle with the front wheelsoff the road.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not use sling-type equipment totow the vehicle.

• Use flat bed or wheel lift equip-ment.

EMERGENCY TOWING

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed by a cable secured toone of the emergency towing eyes un-der the vehicle.

Front Towing Eyes

The front towing eyes are provided un-der the front bumper. A driver must bein the vehicle to steer it and operate thebrakes.

Towing in this manner may be doneonly on hard-surfaced road for a shortdistance and at low speeds.

Page 200: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

5–10 EMERGENCIES

S3W2501A

vvvvv WARNING

When towing with a tow rope, con-trol of towed vehicle can be lost.

• Do not tow if the wheels,transaxle, axles, steering orbrakes are damaged.

• Do not remove the key from theignition switch as this will lock thesteering and this will make thevehicle undriveable.

Rear Towing Hook

When towing another vehicle, use therear towing hook. It should be usedonly in an emergency situation. (forexample, to pull the vehicle out of aditch, a snow bank, or mud.)

When the rear towing hook is used, al-ways pull the cable or chain in astraight direction with respect to thehook. Do not apply force to the hookfrom any side direction. To preventdamage, do not take up slack in thecable too quickly.

Also the wheels, axles, drive train, steer-ing and brakes must be all in a goodcondition.

vvvvv CAUTION

When towing the vehicle with a towrope, the vehicle can be damaged.

To reduce damage:• Use towing eyes only if no other

towing equipment is available.• Only tow the vehicle from the

front.• Keep tow rope clear of bumper.• Ensure tow rope is securely fixed

to towing eyes, at both ends. Checkby pulling on tow rope.

• Towing with a tow rope couldcause severe automatic transaxledamage. When towing vehiclewith automatic transaxle, use flatbed or wheel lift equipment.

• Drive off slowly and avoid jerkymovements.

Page 201: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

EMERGENCIES 5–11

ROCKING YOUR VEHICLEIf Stuck in snow, mud or other loose sur-faces, the procedure below may allowyou to free your vehicle.1. Turn the steering wheel fully left then

right. This will clear the area aroundyour front tires.

2. Shift back and forth between R anda forward gear.

3. Spin the wheels as little as possible.4. Release the accelerator pedal while

you shift.5. Press lightly on the accelerator pedal

when the transaxle is in gear.If that doesn’t release your vehicle af-ter a few tries, your vehicle may needto be towed. Refer to “TOWING THEVEHICLE” earlier in this section.

vvvvv WARNING

If you rock your vehicle to make itout when it becomes stuck in snow,mud, sand, or etc.;• First check that there is no physi-

cal object or people around the ve-hicle.

During operation, the vehicle maysuddenly move forward or back-ward, causing injury or damage tonearby people or objects.

NOTE

If you rock your vehicle, observe thefollowing precautions to preventdamage to the transaxle and otherparts;• Do not depress the accelerator

pedal while shifting or before thetransaxle is completely shifted toforward or reverse.

• Do not race the engine and avoidspinning the wheels.

• If your vehicle remains stuck afterrocking the vehicle several times,consider other ways such as tow-ing.

OVERHEATINGIf the engine coolant temperature gaugeindicates the engine is overheating, orif you have any other reason to suspectthe engine may be overheating:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn off the air conditioning.

3. Let the engine idle for a few minutes.

4. Be sure the cooling fan is operating.

vvvvv WARNING

If steam is visible, move away fromvehicle until engine is cool. Steamcan cause serious burns.

NOTE

Using A/C while driving up long hillsor in heavy traffic can cause the en-gine overheating.

S4W5061A

4

Page 202: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

5–12 EMERGENCIES

If the coolant level is low, check forleaks for following components:

1. Radiator.

2. Radiator hoses.

3. Radiator connections.

4. Heater hoses.

5. Heater hose connections.

6. Water pump.

If you find a leak or other damage, orif the coolant is still leaking, consult aauthorized repairer immediately. Do notdrive the vehicle until these problemshave been solved.

vvvvv WARNING

Scalding hot coolant steam could beblown out under pressure, whichcould cause serious injury.• Never remove the coolant reser-

voir cap when engine and radia-tor are hot.

If the fan is not operating and steam isvisible, perform the following:

1. Turn off engine.

2. Move away from vehicle withoutopening the hood.

3. Allow engine to cool.

4. When steam is no longer visible,carefully open hood.

5. Consult your authorized repairer assoon as possible.

If the fan is operating and steam is notvisible, perform the following:

1. Carefully open the hood.

2. Idle engine until cool.

3. Check coolant level.

If the fan is operating, but engine tem-perature does not fall, perform the fol-lowing:

1. Stop the engine.

2. Carefully open the hood.

3. Allow the engine to cool.

4. Check the coolant level.

Page 203: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–1

• SAFETY PRECAUTIONS......................................... 6-2

• DRIVER’S CHECK LIST ........................................... 6-4

• ENGINE COMPARTMENT ..................................... 6-5

• ENGINE OIL .......................................................... 6-8

• COOLANT .......................................................... 6-11

• BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID .............................. 6-13

• MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID ............................. 6-14

• AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID ....................... 6-16

• POWER STEERING FLUID ................................... 6-18

• WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID ............................ 6-19

• WINDSHIELD WIPERS ......................................... 6-20

• AIR CLEANER ...................................................... 6-20

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

• SPARK PLUGS ..................................................... 6-21

• DRIVE BELT ......................................................... 6-23

• BATTERY ............................................................. 6-24

• BRAKE PEDAL ..................................................... 6-26

• CLUTCH PEDAL .................................................. 6-26

• PARKING BRAKE ................................................. 6-26

• CATALYTIC CONVERTER .................................... 6-27

• WHEELS AND TIRES ........................................... 6-28

• AIR CONDITIONER FILTER ................................. 6-31

• FUSES .................................................................. 6-32

• LAMPS ................................................................ 6-36

• VEHICLE CARE .................................................... 6-42

6

Page 204: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–2 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

vvvvv WARNING

• Turn ignition OFF and remove thekey from the ignition before check-ing or working under hood.

Touching live parts while ignition isON can result in shock or burns.

SAFETY PRECAUTIONSWhen performing any inspection ormaintenance work on your vehicle, takeprecautions to reduce the risk of per-sonal injury or damage.

General precautions to observe whenperforming vehicle service:

• Do not work on the engine while itis hot.

• Never get under the vehicle while itis supported by a jack. If it is neces-sary to work under the vehicle, usesafety stands.

• Keep smoking materials, flames, andsparks away from the battery, allfuel, and fuel-related parts.

• Never connect or disconnect the bat-tery or any transistorized compo-nents while the ignition switch isON.

• When connecting the battery cables,pay special attention to their polari-ties. Never connect a positive cableto a negative terminal, or a negativecable to a positive terminal.

• Make sure there is proper ventilationwhenever you have the engine run-ning in an enclosed space such as agarage.

• Keep used oil, coolant, and other flu-ids out of reach of children and pets.

• Do not dispose of empty oil and fluidcontainers, or those containing usedoil or fluid, with your householdwaste. Use only locally authorizedautomotive waste disposal facilities.

• Remember that the battery, ignitioncables, and your vehicle wiring carryhigh current or voltage. Be carefulnot to cause a short circuit.

vvvvv WARNING

If you must reach into the enginecompartment, remove loose clothingand jewelry that can become caught,and avoid placing body parts nearthe fan, belts, or other moving parts.

S3W6011A

Page 205: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–3

• If it is necessary to check under thehood while the engine is running,take care to avoid unexpected andsudden movements of your vehicle.With an automatic transaxle, placeselector lever in PARK or NEUTRALand apply parking brake. For amanual transaxle, place the shift le-ver in neutral and apply the parkingbrake firmly.

• To avoid the possibility of personalinjury, always turn the ignition offand remove the key before workingunder the hood, unless the procedurespecifically requires to do so. If theprocedure requires you to work un-der the hood while the engine is run-ning, remove loose clothing and jew-elry that can become caught in mov-ing parts and cause personal injury.

vvvvv CAUTION

The electric cooling fans (in the en-gine compartment) are controlled bysensors. These fans may come on atany time.

• It is important to keep hands, fin-gers, and any loose articles clearof the fan blades.

Engine compartment cooling fan

vvvvv WARNING

Touching live parts of your vehiclewhen the ignition is ON is highlydangerous.

• Make sure you turn the ignitionoff and remove the key before youmake any engine checks or per-form other maintenance under thehood.

It can result in burns, shocks, orother personal injuries.

To avoid possible injury from the cool-ing fan, switch off the engine so the fanis not operating before you perform anyengine checks.

Also, be aware that the electronic igni-tion system has a higher voltage thanconventional systems. Therefore, it ishighly dangerous to touch live partswhen your vehicle’s ignition is ON.

Page 206: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–4 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

DRIVER’S CHECK LISTTo maintain safe and dependable op-eration of your vehicle, periodicallycheck the exterior, interior, and enginecompartment.

EXTERIOR

Tires

• Properly inflated. (See “WHEELSAND TIRES” in the index)

• No cracks on sidewall or tread.

• No foreign objects in tread.

Wheels

• Nuts and bolts are torqued to propersetting. (See “HOW TO CHANGEA FLAT TIRE” in the index)

Lamps

• Operation of all running, head, tail,side markers, turn signals, brake andfog lamps.

Fluids

• Check proper fill level of all fluid res-ervoirs under hood.

Windshield wipers

• Inspect condition of arms and rubberinserts (including rear wiper if soequipped.).

INTERIOR

Steering

• Check for excessive looseness (freeplay) in steering wheel.

Parking brake

• Make sure parking brake lever travelis appropriate.

Instrument panel

• Check proper operations of all instru-ment panel gauges, controls, andwarning lamps.

Mirrors

• Be sure the reflective surface of allthree mirrors is in good condition andclean.

• Check for ability to easily re-adjustall mirrors.

Controls

• Check for proper play on brake andclutch pedals.

Page 207: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–5

ENGINE COMPARTMENT1.2 SOHC MODEL

1. Air cleaner

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake / clutch fluid reservoir

4. Coolant reservoir

5. Fuse and relay box

6. Battery

7. Washer fluid reservoir

8. Power steering fluid reservoir

9. Engine oil level dipstick

S5W6001A

Page 208: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–6 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

1.4 SOHC MODEL

1. Air cleaner

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake / clutch fluid reservoir

4. Coolant reservoir

5. Fuse and relay box

6. Battery

7. Washer fluid reservoir

8. Power steering fluid reservoir

9. Engine oil level dipstick

S5W6002A

Page 209: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–7

1.4 DOHC MODEL

1. Air cleaner

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake / clutch fluid reservoir

4. Coolant reservoir

5. Fuse and relay box

6. Battery

7. Washer fluid reservoir

8. Power steering fluid reservoir

9. Engine oil level dipstick

10. Automatic transaxle fluid level dip-stick*

S4W6033A

Page 210: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–8 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

S3W6051A S3W6052A

6. Check the oil on the dipstick to makesure it is not contaminated.

7. Check oil level, as shown on the dip-stick. Oil should be between MINand MAX.

ENGINE OILKeep your engine properly lubricated bykeeping the engine oil at the properlevel.

It is normal for an engine to consumesome engine oil.

Check the oil level at regular intervalssuch as every time you stop for fuel.

If the engine oil pressure warning lamp(o ) on the instrument panel comeson, you need to check your engine oillevel right away.

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park vehicle on level ground.

2. After stopping engine, wait a fewminutes to allow oil to drain backinto oil pan, If engine is cold, oil willtake longer to drain into the pan.

3. Pull out the dipstick and wipe itclean.

4. Re-insert dipstick completely.

5. Pull the dipstick out again.

Proper oil level

Page 211: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–9

S4W6053A

8. If the oil level is below MIN, addenough oil of the same grade as iscurrently in the engine to raise theoil level to MAX. Do not fill overMAX mark.

The engine oil filler cap is locatedon the cylinder head cover as shownin the illustration below.

See “FLUID CHART” in the indexfor oil specification.

vvvvv WARNING

Adding too much oil can affect en-gine operation.

• Do not allow oil to go aboveMAX mark on dipstick.

Overfilling reservoir can damageyour vehicle by:

• Increasing oil consumption.• Fouling spark plugs.• Building excessive carbon depos-

its in the engine.

vvvvv WARNING

Engine oil is an irritant and, if in-gested, can cause illness or death.

• Keep out of reach of children.• Avoid repeated or prolonged con-

tact with skin.• Wash exposed areas with soap and

water or hand cleaner.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

Engine oil loses its ability to lubricatewhen contaminated. Be sure to changeyour engine oil according to mainte-nance schedule.

Be sure to replace the engine oil filtereach time you change engine oil.

Under severe conditions, change oil andoil filter more frequently than is recom-mended in the standard maintenanceschedule.

vvvvv WARNING

This work requires special skill, toolsand equipments to be completed.

Before attempting to do the work, besure you are fully acquainted withdoing this job.

• Have your authorized repairer dothis work if you are not confidentof completing the task safely.

Otherwise, you could be injured ordamage the vehicle.

Oil filler cap

Page 212: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–10 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not dispose of used engine oiland filter with your householdwaste.

• Use your local, authorized wastemanagement facility.

Used engine oil and filter containharmful elements that may be un-healthy to you and threat to the en-vironment.

vvvvv CAUTION

Use of unauthorized or low qualityengine oil or chemical engine treat-ments (additives) can damage the en-gine.

• Consult your authorized repairerbefore attempting to use additives.

vvvvv WARNING

Engine oil and its containers can behazardous to your health.

• Avoid repeated or prolonged con-tact with engine oil.

• Clean your skin and nails withsoap and water, or hand cleanerafter handling engine oil. Alsokeep this and other toxic materi-als out of the reach of children.

Engine oil can irritate the skin andcan cause illness and even death ifswallowed.

Severe conditions include, but are notlimited to:

• Frequent cold starts.

• Considerable travel in stop-and-gotraffic.

• Frequent short trips.

• Frequent driving when outside tem-perature remains below freezing.

• Prolonged idling.

• Frequent low-speed driving.

• Driving in dusty areas.

Page 213: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–11

COOLANTYour vehicle cooling system is filledwith silicate based coolant.

In the correct mixture, this coolant pro-vides the cooling and heating systemwith excellent protection against corro-sion and freezing.

When the engine is cool, the coolantlevel should be between the MIN andMAX mark on the coolant reservoir.The level of coolant rises as the enginewarms and drops back as the enginecools.

RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL ANDMAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

Recommended engine oil

See “FLUID CHART” in the index forrecommended engine oil and capacity.

Maintenance schedule

See “SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESERVICES” in the service guide.

vvvvv CAUTION

Plain water or the wrong mixture candamage the cooling system.

• Do not use plain water, alcohol ormethanol antifreeze in coolant sys-tem.

• Use only 50:50 mix of demineral-ized water and proper antifreezespecified for use with your vehicle.

The engine may overheat or evencatch fire.

If the coolant level falls below the MINmark, refill the radiator with 50/50 mixof de-mineralized water and silicate an-tifreeze.

In order to protect your vehicle in ex-tremely cold weather, use mix of 40 per-cent water and 60 percent antifreeze.

S4W6081A

Page 214: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–12 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

COOLANT SPECIFICATION AND MAINTE-NANCE SCHEDULE

Coolant specification

See “FLUID CHART” in the index forrecommended coolant and capacity.

Maintenance schedule

See “SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESERVICES” in the service guide.

vvvvv CAUTION

It is not needed to add coolant morefrequently than the recommended in-terval. If you are adding coolant of-ten, this may be a sign that yourengine needs maintenance.

Contact your authorized repairer fora check of the cooling system.

vvvvv WARNING

Scalding hot coolant and steamcould be blown out under pressure,which could cause serious injury.

• Never remove the coolant reser-voir cap when the engine and ra-diator are hot.

COOLANT CONCENTRATION

Antifreeze(%)

50%

60%

Water(%)

50%

40%

Climate

Average area

Extremelycold area

vvvvv CAUTION

Coolant can be hazardous material.

• Avoid repeated or prolonged con-tact with coolant.

• Clean your skin and nails withsoap and water after coming incontact with coolant.

• Keep out of reach of children.• Coolant can irritate the skin and

can cause illness or death if swal-lowed.

Page 215: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–13

BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUIDYour vehicle has one reservoir for boththe brake and clutch fluid.

Brake/clutch fluid can absorb moisture.Excessive moisture in the fluid may re-duce the effectiveness of the hydraulicbrake/clutch system. Change the fluidaccording to this manual to prevent hy-draulic system corrosion.

Use only brake/clutch fluid recom-mended by our company. Keep reser-voir filled to the proper level. Do notallow the level to fall below MIN markor to raise beyond the MAX mark.

A low fluid level in the brake fluid res-ervoir can be either an indication of aleak in the brake system or a normalindication caused by usual brake pad/lining wear. Consult your authorizedrepairer to determine if the system needsrepair and add fluid after work is doneon your hydraulic brake system if it isrequired.

When your brake fluid drops to lowlevel, the brake system warning lamp(ip ) will come on. See “BRAKESYSTEM WARNING LAMP” in the in-dex.

ADDING BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID

1. Thoroughly wipe away dirt fromaround the fluid reservoir cap.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Make sure you thoroughly cleanaround the brake/clutch fluid res-ervoir cap before removing thecap.

Contamination of the brake/clutchfluid system can affect system perfor-mance, leading to costly repairs.

vvvvv CAUTION

An overflow of brake/clutch fluid onthe engine may cause the fluid toburn.

• Do not overfill the reservoir.An engine fire can cause personal in-juries and damage your vehicle andother property.

2. Unscrew the filler cap.

3. Use the proper recommended brake/clutch fluid to fill the reservoir to theMAX mark. Be careful not to spillthe fluid on painted surfaces. If thishappens, use cold water to wash theaffected area immediately.

S3W6111A

Page 216: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–14 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

1. Turn the engine off.2. Allow the transaxle to cool. It must

be cool enough for you to rest yourfingers on the transaxle case.

4. Reinstall the reservoir cap. RECOMMENDED BRAKE / CLUTCH FLUIDAND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

Recommended brake / clutch fluid

See “FLUID CHART” in the index forrecommended brake / clutch fluid andcapacity.

Maintenance schedule

See “SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESERVICES” in the service guide.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not dispose of used brake/clutch fluid with your householdwaste.

• Use your local, authorized wastemanagement facility.

Used brake/clutch fluid and their con-tainers are hazardous. They candamage your health and the environ-ment.

vvvvv CAUTION

Brake/clutch fluid is harsh and canirritate skin and eyes.

• Do not allow the brake/clutchfluid to contact your skin or eyes.If it does, immediately wash the af-fected area thoroughly with soapand water, or hand cleaner.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUIDLEVEL

vvvvv WARNING

This work requires special skill andequipments to be completed.

Before attempting to do the work, besure you are fully acquainted withdoing this job.

• Have your authorized repairer dothis work if you are not confidentof completing the task safely.

Otherwise, you could be injured ordamage the vehicle.

Page 217: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–15

RECOMMENDED MANUAL TRANSAXLEFLUID AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

Recommended manual transaxle fluid

See “FLUID CHART” in the index forrecommended manual transaxle fluidand capacity.

Maintenance schedule

See “SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESERVICES” in the service guide.

3. Remove filler plug.

4. Make sure the fluid reaches the bot-tom edge of the filler plug hole.

vvvvv CAUTION

Heat from engine, transaxle or fluidcan cause severe burns.

• Make sure the transaxle is cool tothe touch before you attempt thisprocedure.

Working on the engine before it hascooled properly can result in personalinjuries.

vvvvv CAUTION

Too much fluid will decrease vehicleperformance.

• Do not overfill the manualtransaxle fluid.

This can damage the transaxle.

7. Visually check the transaxle case forleaks or damage.

5. If the level is low, add fluid until itbegins to run out the filler hole.

6. After filling to the correct level, re-install the plug securely.

S3W6131A

Page 218: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–16 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

CHECKING AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEFLUID LEVEL

If the fluid is contaminated or discol-ored, change the automatic transaxlefluid.

Decrease in the fluid level indicatesleak in the automatic transaxle. Ifnoted, contact your authorized repairerfor repair as soon as possible.

1. Start the engine.

2. Warm up until the temperature of theautomatic transaxle fluid reachesapproximately 70°C ~ 80°C (158°F ~176°F).

3. Move the selector lever from “P” to“1” and return to “P”. Wait for sec-onds at each select position until theselected gears are fully engaged.

4. Pull out the dipstick and wipe itclean. vvvvv CAUTION

• Take care not to let dirt or foreignmaterials contaminate thetransaxle fluid.

Contaminated fluid can cause a se-vere malfunction of the automatictransaxle, leading to costly repairs.

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEFLUID*To ensure proper functioning, efficiency,and durability of the automatictransaxle, be sure to keep the transaxlefluid at the proper level. Too much ortoo little fluid can cause problems.

The fluid level must be checked with theengine running and the selector lever inP(Park). The vehicle must be up to nor-mal operating temperature and parkedon level ground.

The normal operating temperature forthe fluid (70°C ~ 80°C (158°F ~ 176°F))will be reached after driving about20 km (12.4 miles).

S3W6161A

Page 219: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–17

RECOMMENDED AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEFLUID AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

Recommended automatic transaxlefluid

See “FLUID CHART” in the index forrecommended automatic transaxle fluidand capacity.

Maintenance schedule

See “SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESERVICES” in the service guide.

5. Re-insert the dipstick completely.

6. Pull the dipstick out again.

7. Check the oil on the dipstick to makesure it is not contaminated.

8. Check the oil level. Oil should be be-tween MIN and MAX mark of thehot area on the dipstick as shown inthe illustration.

9. If the oil level is below MIN of thehot area, add enough ATF to raisethe oil level to MAX.

NOTE

If you are adding more than 1.5L,this may be a sign of leaks some-where in your transaxle.

Contact your authorized repairer fora check of your automatic transaxle.

vvvvv CAUTION

Too much fluid will decrease vehicleperformance.

• Do not overfill the automatictransaxle fluid.

This can damage the transaxle.

S3W6162A

Hotarea

Coolarea

Page 220: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–18 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

ADDING POWER STEERING FLUID

1. Wipe the cap and the top of the res-ervoir clean.

2. Unscrew the cap.

3. Add the power steering fluid. Be sureto maintain the level between MINand MAX mark.

4. Replace the cap.

vvvvv CAUTION

An overflow of the fluid may causethe fluid to burn or discolorpaintwork.

• Do not overfill the reservoir.An engine fire can cause personal in-juries and damage your vehicle andother property.

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Check the fluid level. It should be be-tween MIN and MAX on the reser-voir.

If level drops to or below MIN, addfluid as specified in this manual.

POWER STEERING FLUIDCHECKING POWER STEERING FLUIDLEVEL

Regularly check power steering fluidlevel.

The power steering fluid reservoir is lo-cated next to the battery.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not operate vehicle without therequired amount of power steeringfluid.

To do so can damage power steeringsystem of your vehicle, leading tocostly repairs.

S4W6181A

Page 221: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–19

NOTE

To refill windshield washer fluid res-ervoir:

• Use only commercially availableready-to-use washer fluid for thatpurpose.

• Do not use tap water. Mineralspresent in tap water may plug thewindshield washer lines.

• If air temperature is likely to go be-low freezing, use windshieldwasher fluid which has sufficientanti-freezing property.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not put water or radiator anti-freeze in windshield washer reser-voir.

Water can allow solution to freeze.Frozen solution can damage wind-shield washer system.

Radiator antifreeze can damagewindshield washer system and ve-hicle paint.

WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUIDBefore you drive, make sure the wind-shield washer fluid reservoir is at theappropriate level and filled with the cor-rect solution, as specified in thismanual.

In cold weather, do not fill the wind-shield washer fluid reservoir more thanthree quarters full.

Washer fluid can freeze to expand incold temperatures. Filling the reservoirtoo much does not allow enough expan-sion room to prevent possible damageto the reservoir.

RECOMMENDED POWER STEERINGFLUID AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

Recommended power steering fluid

See “FLUID CHART” in the index forrecommended power steering fluid andcapacity.

Maintenance schedule

See “SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESERVICES” in the service guide.

S3W6211A

Page 222: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–20 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

S3W6231A S3W6241A

REPLACING WIPER BLADES

1. Press and hold the wiper blade retain-ing clip.

2. Pull the wiper blade off the wiperarm.

3. Install a new wiper blade onto thearm.

vvvvv CAUTION

The engine needs clean air to oper-ate properly.

• Do not operate your vehicle with-out the air cleaner element in-stalled.

Driving without the air cleaner ele-ment properly installed can damageyour engine.

AIR CLEANERRegularly inspect and change the aircleaner element according to the serviceschedule in this manual.

WINDSHIELD WIPERSProperly functioning windshield wipersare essential for clear vision and safedriving. Regularly check the conditionof the wiper blades. Replace hard,brittle or cracked blades or those thatsmear dirt on the windshield.

Foreign material on the windshield orwiper blades can reduce the effective-ness of the wipers. If the blades are notwiping properly, clean both the wind-shield and the blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent. Rinse themthoroughly with water. Repeat the pro-cess, if necessary.

There is no way to remove traces of sili-cone from glass. Therefore, never ap-ply polish with silicone to your vehicle’swindshield or you will get streakswhich will impair the driver’s vision.

Do not use solvents, gasoline, kerosene,or paint thinner to clean wipers. Theseare harsh and can damage the bladesand painted surfaces.

Retaining clip

Page 223: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–21

S3W6251A

vvvvv WARNING

Electric ignition systems havegreater voltage than conventionalsystems.

• Do not touch components of igni-tion system. Touching ignition sys-tem components could cause shockor electrocution, resulting in seri-ous injuries.

vvvvv CAUTION

Spark plugs can become extremelyhot and could cause serious injury.

• Do not handle hot spark plugs.

SPARK PLUGSIGNITION SYSTEM

If you experience reduced performanceor fuel economy, follow the procedureto inspect and clean spark plugs.

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

See “SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESERVICES” in the service guide.

CLEANING THE AIR CLEANER

If the air cleaner element is dirty, youmay try to clean it as follows:

1. Shake the air cleaner element to re-move surface dust.

2. Clean the inside of the air cleanerhousing.

3. Cover the open filter housing with adamp cloth while cleaning the ele-ment.

4. Clean air filter element by blowingcompressed air through it in the di-rection opposite normal airflow.

Normalair flow

Page 224: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–22 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

NOTE

When replacing new spark plugs, theentire set should be replaced at atime.

5. Install each spark plug by hand asfar as it will go.

6. Torque each spark plug to 25 Nm.

7. Fasten the spark plug wire terminalsquarely and firmly over the end ofeach spark plug until you feel it snapinto place. Make sure the spark plugwires are in the correct order.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Over-tightening spark plugs candamage the threads in the cylinderhead.

• Under-tightening spark plugs cancause the spark plug to becomevery hot.

Over-tightening or under-tighteningspark plugs can damage the engine.

INSPECTING AND REPLACING SPARKPLUGS

1. Once the engine has cooled to thetouch, disconnect the spark plugwire by pulling on the boot, not thecable.

2. Use a 16 mm spark plug socket andremove the spark plugs from the en-gine. Be sure contaminants not to en-ter the spark plug hole.

3. Inspect the spark plugs for broken in-sulator. Replace the plug if the insu-lator is cracked or broken. Other-wise, wipe the insulator clean.

4. Using a very fine wire brush, cleanthe upper contact tip and electrode.After cleaning, adjust the gap to thespecification.

See “VEHICLE SPECIFICATION”in the index for the spark plug speci-fication.

S3W6281A

gap

Page 225: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–23

DRIVE BELTFor the alternator to function properly,the drive belt should be in good condi-tion and adjusted properly. Replace thedrive belt if it is worn, cracked, orfrayed.

vvvvv CAUTION

If you leave the key in the ignition,the engine could be started unexpect-edly.

• Do not leave the key in the igni-tion while checking the drive belt.

Moving parts of an operating enginecan cause serious injuries.

CHECKING DRIVE BELT

To check drive belt tension:

1. Apply moderate thumb pressure mid-way between the longest unsupportedspan of the drive belt. Your thumbpressure should be about 20 lbs(10kgf).

2. Deflection of the drive belt caused byyour thumb pressure should be about0.5 inch (10 mm).

3. If the belt is too lose, ask your au-thorized repairer to adjust it.

SPARK PLUG SPECIFICATION AND MAIN-TENANCE SCHEDULE

Spark plug specification

See “VEHICLE SPECIFICATION” inthe index for the type and the gap ofthe spark plugs.

Maintenance schedule

See “SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESERVICES” in the service guide.

S3W6311A

Page 226: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–24 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

vvvvv WARNING

Battery acid can cause severe burns,explode, and damage paint.

• Avoid skin and clothing contactwith battery acid.

• Keep flames, sparks and smokingmaterials away from battery.

BATTERYYour vehicle is equipped with a main-tenance-free battery.

CLEANING THE BATTERY TERMINALS

1. Turn the ignition OFF and removethe key from the ignition key slot.

2. Use a wrench to loosen and removethe battery cable clamps from the ter-minals. Always disconnect the nega-tive (-) terminal first.

3. Use a wire brush or a terminal clean-ing tool to clean the terminals.

4. Check the battery terminals for whiteor bluish powder, which are signs ofcorrosion.

5. Remove any corrosion with a solu-tion of baking soda and water. Thebaking soda-and-water solution willbubble and turn brown.

6. When the bubbling stops, wash thesolution off with plain water and drythe battery with a cloth or papertowel.

7. Reconnect and tighten the positive (+)terminal, then the negative (-) termi-nal. Always reconnect the negativeterminal (-) last.

MAINTENANCE SHCHEDULE

See “SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESERVICES” in the service guide.

Page 227: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–25

vvvvv CAUTION

• When reconnecting the cable to thebattery, be careful to ensure theclamps are fully seated, thentighten the retaining blots so theclamps will not vibrate loose.

• Be sure to attach the red cable tothe positive (+) battery terminaland the black cable to the negative(-) battery terminal.

Connecting the vehicle’s batterycables to the wrong terminals canresult in personal injuries and dam-age to your vehicle and other prop-erty.

8. Coat the terminals with petroleumjelly or terminal grease to help pre-vent future corrosion.

NOTE

Be sure to keep in mind that the posi-tive terminal (+) is first when con-necting, and the negative terminal (-)is first when disconnecting.

NOTE

Batteries contain toxic material. Usedbatteries can be hazardous to healthand environment.• Do not dispose of battery with

household waste. Use locally au-thorized automotive waste disposalfacilities only.

BATTERY MAINTENANCE

To extend the life of your vehicle’s bat-tery, be sure to do the following:• Keep the battery mounted securely.• Keep the top of the battery clean and

dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight and coated with petro-leum jelly or terminal grease.

• Immediately rinse off any spilledelectrolyte using a solution of waterand baking soda.

• If your vehicle will not be used foran extended time, disconnect thecable from the negative (-) terminal.

• Charge a disconnected battery everysix weeks.

Page 228: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–26 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

S3W6361A S3W6371A

PARKING BRAKEThe parking brake alone should holdyour vehicle on a fairly steep grade.

CHECKING PARKING BRAKE TRAVEL

Parking brake lever travel must be:

9~11 notches, with a force of approxi-mately 20 kgf (44 lbs).

To check the parking brake stroke, dothe following:

1. Turn engine off.

2. Apply parking brake, counting notchclicks you hear. If the number ofclicks differs from that specifiedabove, have your authorized repaireradjust the parking brake.

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

See “SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESERVICES” in the service guide.

CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDAL FREE PLAY

Clutch pedal free play must be:

6~12 mm (0.24~0.47 in)

To check the clutch pedal free play, dothe following:

1. Turn engine off.

2. Press clutch pedal by hand measur-ing distance the pedal moves untilyou feel resistance.

3. If free play differs from that specifiedabove, have your authorized repaireradjust the clutch pedal or linkage.

BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDAL FREE PLAY

Brake pedal free play must be:

1~8 mm (0.04~0.31 in)

1. Turn engine off.

2. Press the brake pedal several timesto deplete the vacuum in the brakesystem.

3. Press brake pedal by hand, measur-ing the distance the pedal movesuntil you feel a slight resistance.

4. If free play differs from that specifiedin this manual, have your authorizedrepairer adjust brakes.

Page 229: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–27

vvvvv CAUTION

Your vehicle is equipped with a cata-lytic converter.

• Do not use leaded fuel in this ve-hicle.

CATALYTIC CONVERTER

On vehicles with a catalytic converter,the fuel tank has a narrow filler neckwhich makes it impossible to insert anozzle for leaded fuel.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not drive your vehicle if theengine is running roughly or lackspower. These symptoms can pointto serious mechanical problems.

Operating your vehicle under theseconditions can cause serious damageto the catalytic converter and otherparts of the vehicle.

Consult a authorized repairer as soonas possible if any of the following oc-cur:

• Engine misfires.

• Engine runs rough following a coldstart.

• Engine loses power.

• Vehicle exhibits unusual operatingconditions which may indicate afault in the ignition system.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Avoid frequent repeated cold starts.• Do not hold the key in START for

more than 15 seconds while tryingto start your vehicle.

• Do not let the fuel tank run dry.• Do not start the engine by pushing

or towing your vehicle. Use jumpstarting.

Failure to follow these instructionsmay damage your vehicle engine,fuel, and/or emission systems.

Make sure to have all your vehiclemaintenance done by a authorized re-pairer.

This will insure that:

• All vehicle components operate cor-rectly.

• Your vehicle will have minimal ex-haust emissions.

• Your vehicle’s catalytic converter sys-tem will have a long life.

S3W6391A

Page 230: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–28 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

S3W6401A

vvvvv WARNING

• Never overload your vehicle.• Always drive with properly in-

flated tires.• Always check tire inflation pres-

sure when the tires are cold (am-bient temperature).

vvvvv CAUTION

Use of unsuitable tires and/or wheelsmay lead to a collision.

• Consult your authorized repairerbefore you change your originaltires or wheels.

This can result in personal injuriesand damage to your vehicle or otherproperty.

WHEELS AND TIRESFactory- fitted tires are matched to yourvehicle, offering the most effective com-bination of ride comfort, tread life andperformance.

MAINTENANCE

Maintaining tires at pressure specifiedin this manual will ensure the most ef-fective combination of driving comfort,safety and performance.Use an accurate tire pressure gauge tocheck the pressure of tires when theyare cold. Securely retighten the valvecaps after checking tire inflation pres-sure.

Underinflation

Properinflation

Overinflation

NOTE

Check inflation pressure when tiresare cold. Warm tires produce inac-curate readings. Tires become warmafter you have driven more than onemile (1.6 km) and stay warm forthree hours after vehicle has been sit-ting.

See “VEHICLE SPECIFICATION” inthe index for proper tire inflation pres-sure.

Tire condition should be inspected be-fore driving and tire pressure should bechecked each time you fill your fueltank or at least once a month using atire pressure gauge.

Incorrect tire inflation pressures will:

• Increase tire wear.

• Impair vehicle handling and safe op-eration.

• Affect ride comfort.

• Reduce fuel economy.

If tire pressures are too low, tires canoverheat and suffer internal damage,tread separation, and even a blowoutat high speeds. Even if you later adjustthe inflation pressure of your tires, pre-vious driving with low pressure mayhave damaged the tires.

Page 231: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–29

S3W6411A

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not drive on worn or damagedtires.

Such tires can cause you to lose con-trol of the vehicle and a collision, re-sulting in injuries or damage to yourvehicle or other property.

BUILT-IN TREAD WEAR INDICATOR

Regularly check the tread depth of yourtires using the tire’s built-in tread wearindicators. Markings on the sidewallsindicate the locations of the tread wearindicators.

Periodic tire inspection

• Visual damage.

• Foreign objects

• Punctures.

• Cuts.

• Cracks.

• Bulges in the sidewalls.

Check the wheels for damage.

Tire defects including those above cancause loss of control of your vehicle, re-sulting in a possible collision.

If your tires or wheels are damaged orshow abnormal wear, consult your au-thorized repairer.

vvvvv CAUTION

Use of tires of a size other than origi-nally fitted to your vehicle may causeinterference between tires and vehiclecomponents, and may result in tireand vehicle damage.

Replace tires when the tread wear in-dicators become visible. The wear in-dicators appear between the treadgrooves when the tread depth is 1.6 mm(0.06 in) or less.

NOTE

Always dispose of worn tires accord-ing to local environmental regula-tion.

Tread wear indicator

Your vehicle was delivered with radialtires. We recommend using radials ofthe same size, design, tread wear, tem-perature and speed rating at time of re-placement.

Caring for your tires and wheels

Driving over sharp objects can damagethe tires and wheels. If some objects areunavoidable, drive over them slowlyand at a right angle, if possible.

When parking, avoid making contactwith the curb.

Page 232: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–30 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

S3W6421A

TIRE CHAINS

Before fitting chains, remove wheel cov-ers (if so equipped) to avoid scratchingthem.

• Follow the chain manufacturer’s in-structions.

• Secure the chains on the front tiresas tightly as possible.

• Re-tighten the chains after drivingabout 0.5 mile (about 1.0km)

Chains are not recommended for therear tires.

vvvvv CAUTION

Use of snow chains could adverselyaffect vehicle handling.

• Do not exeed 50 km/h (30 mph) orthe chain manufacturer’s recom-mended speed limit, whichever islower.

• Avoid sharp turns, bumps andholes.

• Avoid locked-wheel braking.

vvvvv WARNING

• Use the recommended wheels andwheel lug nuts/bolts only.

Otherwise, you can lose control ofyour vehicle and cause a collisionthat can result in injuries or damageto your vehicle or other property.

TIRE ROTATION

Front and rear tires perform differentjobs and can wear differently.

Normally, the front tires will wear fasterthan rear tires. To prolong the life ofyour tires and avoid uneven tread wear:

1. Rotate tires every 5,000 km(3,000 miles).

2. Maintain proper tire pressure.

3. Check tightening of the lug nuts/bolts.

See “HOW TO CHANGE A FLATTIRE” in the index.

WINTER TIRES

If you decide to use winter tires:

• Use them on all four wheels.

• Never exceed the maximum speedspecified by the tire manufacturer.

• Always use the tire pressure specifiedby the tire manufacturer.

Front

Page 233: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–31

NOTE

• SAE class S-type chains are theproper type for your vehicle.

• Always drive slowly when you areusing tire chains.

• If you hear the chains contactingthe vehicle, stop and re-tighten thechains.

• If the contact continues, slow downuntil it stops.

vvvvv CAUTION

Driving with clogged filter elementcan overheat the blower motor anddamage it.

• Replace filter at the intervals speci-fied in the section, “MAINTE-NANCE SCHEDULE”.

AIR CONDITIONER FILTER*The filter removes dust, pollen andmany other airborne irritants from out-side air which is drawn in by your heatand ventilation system.

FILTER REPLACEMENT

1. Open the glove box halfway down.

2. Grip the glove box by both the up-per and lower side.

3. Pull the glove box out of the hous-ing.

S3W6461A

Page 234: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–32 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

S3W6462A

1

2

S3W6463A S3W6471A

FUSESTo replace a fuse:

1. Open the fuse cover.

2. Identify the defective fuse from itsmelted wire.

3. Remove blown fuse by fuse puller.The fuse puller is located in the en-gine room fuse box cover.

4. Remove the filter cover. 5. Replace the air conditioner filter.

NOTE

When inserting new filter, make surethey are inserted to the correct air-flow.

vvvvv CAUTION

Your hands could be hurt by sharpmaterials around the filter housing.

• Be sure to wear protective gloveswhen replacing air conditionerfilter.

Page 235: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–33

S3W6481A

vvvvv CAUTION

• Do not use tools that can conductelectricity when removing a blownfuse. Use only provided fuse puller.

Using conductor such as metal cancause a short circuit, damaging theelectrical system or start a fire. Seri-ous injury could occur.

4. Determine what caused the fuse toblow, and repair that problem.

5. Install a new fuse of the rating speci-fied in this manual. (See fuse blocklayout later in this section)

vvvvv CAUTION

Using a fuse substitute or a fuse ofthe wrong type or rating can dam-age the electrical system or even starta fire.

• Use only specified fuse and do notuse a different type or rating otherthan specified in this manual.

Such use can result in personal inju-ries or damage to your vehicle orother property.

NOTE

Three spare fuses (10A, 15A and20A) are provided in the fuse andrelay block in the engine compart-ment.

FUSE BLOCK

• Interior fuse block is located in theleft side of the instrument panel.

• Engine room fuse block is next to thecoolant reservoir.

Interior fuse block

S4W6482AEngine room fuse block

Page 236: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–34 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

Interior fuse block

S5W6004A

15A

10A

15A

10A

10A

10A

15A

10A

10A

10A

10A

15A

15A

15A

10A

20A

10A

20A

NO

TIC

E:

US

E T

HE

DE

SIG

NE

D F

US

E O

NLY

* O

PT

ION

AL

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

Cig

ar J

ack

Audi

o, C

lock

Turn

Sig

nal

Clu

ster

, Clo

ck

Bac

k U

p La

mp

EC

M, T

CM

*

DIS

, Inj

ecto

r

Air

Bag

AB

S*

Clo

ck, A

udio

Hor

n,

Rea

r F

og L

amp

Clu

ster

, H

arza

rd F

lash

er

Sto

p La

mp

EC

M, T

CM

*

Wip

er, W

ashe

r

Eng

ine

Fus

e

HV

AC

Blo

wer

Doo

r Lo

ck,

Rem

ote

Keyle

ss E

ntry

*

Page 237: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–35

Engine room fuse block

Hea

d La

mp

Hig

h R

H

Hea

d La

mp

Hig

h LH

10A

10A

Head

Lam

pLo

w RH

Head

Lam

pLo

w LH

10A

10A

Room

Lam

p10

A

Def

ogge

r30

A

Park

ing

Lam

p20

A

Head

Lam

p25

A

A/C

Com

p.10

A

Park

ing

Lam

p R

H

Park

ing

Lam

p LH

10A

10A

Sun

Roo

f20

A

Hor

n10

A

Fuel

Pum

p15

A

Fron

tFo

g La

mp

15A

Blo

wer

30A

AB

S60

A

Inte

rior

Fuse

Box

30A

Rad

iato

rFa

n30

A

Igni

tion

230

AM

ain

Rela

y(o

ptio

n)20

A

Igni

tion

1

BAT

+

30A

Pow

er

Win

dow

30A

Spa

reFu

se

10A

15A

20A

Rad

iato

r Fan

Low

Rel

ay

Hea

d La

mp

Hig

h R

elay

Hea

d La

mp

Low

Rel

ay

Fog

Lam

p R

elay

Fuel

Pum

pR

elay

A/C

Com

p.R

elay

Park

ing

Lam

pR

elay

Pow

er W

indo

wR

elay

Mai

n R

elay

Rad

iato

r Fan

Hig

h R

elay

CA

UT

ION

: U

SE

SP

EC

IFIE

D F

US

E &

RE

LAY

ON

LY.

S5W6005A

Page 238: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–36 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

vvvvv WARNING

Halogen bulbs contain pressurizedgas. Take special care when han-dling and disposing of halogenbulbs.

• Wear eye protection when work-ing with bulbs.

• Protect the bulb from abrasionsand scratches.

• When the bulb is illuminated andnot in a sealed installation, pro-tect the bulb from contact withliquids.

• Only illuminate the bulb when itis installed in a lamp.

• Replace a cracked or damagedheadlamp.

• When replacing halogen bulbs,DO NOT touch the glass partwith bare fingers.

• Keep the bulbs away from chil-dren.

• Dispose of used bulbs with care.Otherwise the bulbs can explode.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Clean your halogen bulbs with al-cohol or mineral spirits and a lint-free cloth. Be sure not to touchthem with your bare hands.

Fingerprints may drastically shortenthe effective life of halogen bulbs.

LAMPSHEADLAMPS

Bulb replacement

1. Open the hood.

2. Disconnect the wiring harness con-nector from the rear of the bulb.

3. Remove the headlamp cap.

4. Release the spring that retains thebulb.

5. Remove the bulb.

6. Install the proper replacementheadlamp bulb. See “BULB SPECI-FICATIONS” in the index.

7. Reinstall the bulb retaining spring.

8. Replace the headlamp cap.

9. Connect the wiring harness con-nector.

S3W6502A

Page 239: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–37

PARKING LAMPS

Bulb replacement

1. Open the hood.

2. Disconnect the wiring harness con-nector from the parking lamp bulbholder.

3. Rotate the parking lamp bulb holdercounterclockwise.

4. Pull the parking lamp bulb holder outof the lamp housing.

5. Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out of the bulb holder.

6. Install a new bulb into the holder. See“BULB SPECIFICATIONS” in theindex.

7. Install the holder into the lamp hous-ing by rotating it clockwise.

8. Connect the wiring harness con-nector.

S3W6511A

FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMPS

Bulb replacement

1. Open the hood.

2. Remove the five screws and the ra-diator grill.

3. Remove the three bolts and theheadlamp assembly.

4. Disconnect the wiring harness con-nectors from the rear of the bulb.

S5W6003A

Page 240: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–38 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

FRONT FOG LAMPS*

Bulb replacement (Notchback)

1. Disconnect the wiring harness con-nector from the front fog lamp bulb.

8. Install a new bulb into the holder bypressing it in and rotating it clock-wise. See “BULB SPECIFICATIONS”in the index.

9. Install the holder into the lamp hous-ing by rotating it clockwise.

10. Reinstall the headlamp assembly.

vvvvv WARNING

This work requires special equip-ment to be completed.

• Have your authorized repairer dothis work if you are not confidentof completing the task safely.

Otherwise, you could be injured ordamage the vehicle.

S3W6531A

5. Rotate the front turn signal bulbholder counterclockwise.

6. Pull the front turn signal bulb holderout of the lamp housing.

7. Press the bulb inward and rotate itcounterclockwise to remove it fromthe bulb holder.

S3W6521AS3W6522A

(Non E-model)(E-model)

Page 241: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–39

2. Rotate the front fog lamp bulb coun-terclockwise and remove it.

3. Replace the bulb. See “BULB SPECI-FICATIONS” in the index.

4. Connect the wiring harness connec-tor to the front fog lamp bulb.

SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMPS

Bulb replacement

1. Remove the side turn signal lamp as-sembly by pulling it forward.

2. Rotate the bulb holder counterclock-wise.

3. Remove the bulb from the lamphousing by pulling the bulb straightout of the holder.

4. Insert the proper replacement bulb inthe bulb holder by pushing in and ro-tating the bulb holder clockwise. See“BULB SPECIFICATIONS” in the in-dex.

5. Push the side turn signal lamp assem-bly back into its original position.

S3W6541A

Bulb replacement (Hatchback)

1. Rotate the plastic cap counterclock-wise and remove it

2. Release the spring that retains thebulb.

3. Remove the bulb from the housingand replace it

4. Install the plastic cap by rotating itclockwise.

S3W6532A

Page 242: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–40 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP

Bulb replacement (Notchback)

1. Open the trunk lid.

2. Remove the two screws and the lamphousing. Disconnect the wiring har-ness connector before removing thelamp housing.

3. Remove the five screws and the re-flector assembly.

4. Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out of the bulb holder.

5. Install a new bulb. See “BULBSPECIFICATIONS” in the index.

6. Reinstall the lamp housing.

5. Insert a proper replacement bulb intothe bulb holder. See “BULB SPECI-FICATIONS” in the index.

6. Replace the bulb holder into thelamp housing. Twist the bulb holderclockwise to secure.

7. Replace the two screws and attachthe lamp housing to the vehicle.

S3W6561A

BACKUP, TAIL, BRAKE, REAR TURN SIGNALAND REAR FOG LAMPS

Bulb replacement

1. Open the trunk lid or tailgate.

2. Remove the two screws and the lampassembly.

3. Remove the bulb holder by rotatingit counterclockwise.

4. Remove the bulb from the holder bypressing the bulb and rotating itcounterclockwise.

S3W6551A

Page 243: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–41

LICENSE PLATE LAMP

Bulb replacement

1. Remove the two screws and the lampcovers.

2. To remove the bulb holder from thelamp housing, rotate the bulb holdercounterclockwise.

3. Pull the bulb out from the bulbholder.

4. Replace the bulb. See “BULB SPECI-FICATIONS” in the index.

5. Install the bulb holder into the lamphousing by rotating the bulb holderclockwise.

6. Replace the lamp covers.

Bulb replacement (Hatchback)

1. Open the tailgate.

2. Pull down the lamp housing whileholding the end of the two retainingclips up.

S3W6562A S3W6563A

3. Pry off the lens cover using a flathead screw driver.

4. Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out of the bulb holder.

5. Install a new bulb. See “BULBSPECIFICATIONS” in the index.

6. Reinstall the lamp housing.

S3W6571A

Page 244: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–42 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

vvvvv WARNING

Some cleaners may be poisonous,corrosive, or flammable.

• Improper use of these cleaners canbe dangerous. Their use maycause personal injury or damageto your vehicle.

VEHICLE CARECLEANING AGENTS

Follow the manufacturer’s advice when-ever you use cleaning agents or otherchemicals on the inside or the outsideof your vehicle.

When cleaning the inside or outside ofyour vehicle, do not use hazardouscleaning solvents such as:

• Acetone.

• Lacquer thinners.

• Enamel reducers.

• Nail polish removers.

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP

Bulb replacement

1. Use a flat screwdriver to pry the lampassembly from the lamp assemblyholder.

2. Replace the bulb. See “BULB SPECI-FICATIONS” in the index.

3. Install the lamp assembly.

S3W6591A

DOME LAMP

Bulb replacement

1. Use a flat-blade screwdriver to prythe lamp lens away from the head-liner.

2. Remove the bulb.

3. Replace the bulb. See “BULB SPECI-FICATIONS” in the index.

4. Reinstall the lamp lens.

S3W6581A

Page 245: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–43

vvvvv WARNING

• Avoid overexposure to vapors fromcleaning agents and other chemi-cals.

Such vapors can be dangerous andthey may cause health problemswhich are more likely to occur insmall, unventilated spaces.

When cleaning the inside or outside ofyour vehicle, do not use cleaning ma-terials such as the following, except asnoted in the fabric cleaning advice onstain removal:

• Laundry soaps.

• Bleaches.

• Reducing agents.

Never use the following for any clean-ing purpose:

• Carbon tetrachloride.

• Gasoline.

• Benzene.

• Naphtha.

Open the doors to allow proper venti-lation when you use any cleaningagents or other chemicals in the vehicleinterior.

vvvvv CAUTION

Do not let non color-fast fabrics comein contact with the interior trim ofyour vehicle, unless both materialsare completely dry.

To avoid the possible permanent discol-oration of light-colored interior trim, donot let non color-fast materials comeinto contact with seat trim unless bothmaterials are completely dry. Follow-ing is a brief list of fabric items whichmay contain non color-fast:

• Casual clothing.

• Colored denim.

• Corduroy.

• Leather.

• Suede.

• Newspaper.

• Decorative paper items.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Make sure to use the proper clean-ing techniques and materials whenyou clean the trim of your vehicle.

Failure to do so, especially on thefirst cleaning, may result in waterspots, rings, and permanent stains.

These can permanently damage yourvehicle.

It is very important to use the propertechniques and cleaners on the interiorand exterior of your vehicle.

Use a vacuum cleaner or soft bristlebrush frequently to remove dust andloose dirt that collect on the interior fab-rics.

Wiped vinyl and leather trim regularlywith a clean damp cloth.

Clean normal soil, spots, or stains fromthe trim with appropriate cleaners.

CARE AND CLEANING OF THE INTERIOR

Page 246: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–44 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

vvvvv CAUTION

You must keep your safety belts inproper working condition to main-tain their effectiveness.

Safety belt care

Always keep the safety belts clean anddry. Avoid contamination of the safetybelt webbing by polishes, oils, andchemicals, particularly battery acid,bleach or dye. These contaminants maylead to weakening of your safety beltwebbing material.

Periodically inspect all parts of thesafety belts. Replace damaged safetybelts or components immediately.

You must replace any safety belt thathas been stretched in an accident, evenif the damage is not obvious or visible.Replacement safety belts must be new.

We recommend replacing the entiresafety belt assembly after your vehiclehas been in a collision. If a authorizedrepairer finds that no safety belt dam-age has occurred in an accident, andthat everything is in proper workingorder, then you don’t have to replacethe belts.

vvvvv CAUTION

If your front seats are equipped withside air bags:

• Do not saturate the seat cover withupholstery cleaner.

• Do not use chemical solvents orstrong detergents on the seat cover.

Failure to follow these precautionscan make your side air bag modulescontaminated and this can affect theperformance of your side air bag ina collision.

vvvvv CAUTION

Liquefied fragrances must not be in-stalled on instrument kilometer areaand instrument panel,console coverwhen liquefied fragrances are utilizedat the interior of vehicle.

The surfaces of painted plastic parts arepossible damaged because of the pe-culiar ingredients of liquefied fra-grances if, the liquids of fragrances arecontacted to plastic parts of instrumentkilometer area, instrument panel, mold-ing center, grille ventilation, consolecover,etc by outflow of liquids or sprayfragrances.

In this case, please quickly washliquefied fragrances out with cleanwater.

Page 247: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–45

vvvvv CAUTION

Abrasive cleaners can scratch theglass and damage the rear windowdefogger gridlines.

• Never use abrasive cleaners on ve-hicle glass.

Such damage can impair the driver’svision.

vvvvv CAUTION

Decals may damage the rear win-dow defogger.

• Never place decals on the inside ofthe rear window.

Such damage can impair the driver’svision.

GLASS SURFACES

Keeping the window glass clear will re-duce glare and improve visibility.

CARE AND CLEANING OF THE EXTERIOR

Washing your vehicle

The best way to preserve the finish ofyour vehicle is to keep it clean by wash-ing it frequently.

• Park your car out of direct sunlight.

• Use mild soap specified for washingcars with cold or lukewarm water.

• Make sure to rinse all soaps andcleaners completely off the surface.

NOTE

• Do not use household dishwashingliquid to wash your car.

Dish soap will wash car wax off yourpaint.

Cleaning the outside of the windshield

Wax or other material on the windshieldor the blade of the windshield wipercan cause the wiper blade to chatterduring operation. Such foreign materi-als also can make it difficult to keepyour windshield clean.

Periodically use a non-abrasive cleaneron the outside of the windshield.

Water will not bead on a clean wind-shield.

Page 248: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–46 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

vvvvv CAUTION

Do not use abrasive cleaners orbrushes to clean aluminum wheels orwheel covers.

Cleaning aluminum wheels and wheelcovers

To preserve the original appearance ofthe wheels and wheel covers, keep themfree from road dirt and brake dustbuildup.

Clean the wheels/wheel covers regu-larly, avoiding abrasive cleaners orbrushes that can damage the finish.

Polishing and waxing

Periodically polish your vehicle to re-move surface residue. After polishing,protect the paint with a high qualityautomotive wax.

Protecting exterior bright metal parts

Clean bright metal trim parts regularly.Washing with water is all that is usu-ally needed.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Never use an automotive orchrome polish, steam, or a causticsoap to clean or polish aluminumtrim.

Such materials can be too abrasive,resulting in damage to trim andwheels.

When waxing your car, also wax allbright metal parts.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Avoid high-pressure car washes.They may cause water to enter yourvehicle, damaging the interior.

We designed your vehicle to withstandnormal environmental conditions andnatural elements.

vvvvv CAUTION

Your antenna could be damaged bythe automatic car wash.

• Retract your power antenna byturning the audio off.

• Remove your mast or roof antennamanually.

Page 249: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE 6–47

CORROSION PROTECTION

We designed your vehicle to resist cor-rosion. Special materials and protectivefinishes used on most parts of your carhelp maintain its good appearance,strength, and reliability.

Surface rust may appear on certaincomponents found in the engine com-partment or under the body, but will notaffect the reliability or function of thesecomponents.

Sheet metal damage

If the vehicle needs body repair or re-placement, make sure the repair shopapplies proper anticorrosion material torestore corrosion protection. See “FIN-ISH DAMAGE” later in this section.

vvvvv CAUTION

• Use only cleaners safe for use onpainted surfaces.

Other cleaners may permanentlydamage the paint.

Finish damage

Repair stone chips, fractures, or deepscratches in the finish of as soon as pos-sible. Bare metal corrodes quickly.

You may use touch-up products to re-pair minor chips and scratches.

A body and paint shop can make re-pairs on larger areas.

Underbody maintenance

Corrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal or dust control can col-lect on the underbody of your vehicle.Failure to remove these materials canaccelerate corrosion and rust.

Periodically use plain water to flushthese materials from the underbody ofyour vehicle. Take care to clean anyareas in which mud and other debris cancollect. Loosen any sediment packed inclosed area before flushing with water.

If you wish, your authorized repairercan provide this service for you.

Foreign material deposits

The following materials may damagepainted surfaces:

• Calcium chloride and other salts.

• Ice-melting agents.

• Road oil and tar.

• Tree sap.

• Bird droppings.

• Industrial fallout.

Wash harmful materials off your ve-hicle promptly. If soap and water do notremove the residue, use cleaners specifi-cally intended for this purpose.

Page 250: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

6–48 SERVICE AND VEHICLE CARE

NOTE

When you wash the engine compart-ment, fuel, grease, and oil residuemay be released into the environ-ment.

Wash the engine at a authorized re-pairer or other location equipmentwith an oil separator in the car washbay.

Dispose of used engine oil, brakefluid, transaxle fluid, antifreeze, bat-teries, and tires at local authorizedwaste disposal facilities, or though avendor who is under legal obligationto do so when you replace such ma-terials.

Never place any of these items withhousehold trash or pour them downdrains.

Mishandling of such potentially haz-ardous materials can cause perma-nent environmental damage.

Page 251: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE 7–1

• GENERAL INFORMATION ..................................... 7-2

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE

• SEVERE CONDITIONS ........................................... 7-2

7

Page 252: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

7–2 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE

GENERAL INFORMATIONThis section provides the maintenanceinformation which is necessary to en-sure that your vehicle gives many yearsof satisfying motoring.

You are responsible for properly oper-ating and maintaining your vehicle inaccordance with the instructions de-scribed in this manual. Failure to do sois likely to result in the denial of war-ranty coverage.

It is your responsibility to properlymaintain and operate your vehicle. Besure that you follow the periodicrequired maintenance schedule and gen-eral operation instructions in the serviceguide.

It is also your responsibility to keeprecords and receipts as proof of regu-lar maintenance. Records and receiptstogether with the service guide shouldbe transferred to any subsequent owner.

You may have maintenance services per-formed on your vehicle by any quali-fied person or facility. However, it is rec-ommended that the maintenance ser-vices be performed by an authorized

repairer who will have well-trainedtechnicians and genuine parts.

Non- genuine parts and accessorieshave not been examined or approved byour company. We can certify neither thesuitability nor the safety of non- genu-ine parts and accessories and is not li-able for damage caused by their use.

Inadequate, incomplete, or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could evenlead to vehicle damage, an accident, orpersonal injury.

SEVERE CONDITIONSYou should follow the periodic requiredmaintenance schedule. See “SCHED-ULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES”in the service guide.

NORMAL CONDITIONS

The normal condition for driving meansdriving under typical, everyday drivingconditions. You may follow the ordi-nary maintenance schedule.

SEVERE CONDITIONS

If the vehicle is operated under any ofthe following conditions, some of themaintenance schedule items need to beserviced more frequently. See numericsymbols in “SCHEDULED MAINTE-NANCE SERVICES” in the serviceguide.

• Repeated short-distance driving lessthan 5 miles (10 Km).

• Extensive idling and/or slow-speeddriving in stop-and-go traffic.

• Driving on dusty roads.

• Driving on hilly or mountainous ter-rain.

• Towing a trailer.

• Driving in heavy city traffic wherethe outside temperatures regularlyreach 90°F (32°C) or higher.

• Driving as a taxi, police or deliveryvehicle.

• Frequent driving when outside tem-perature remains below freezing.

Page 253: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

TECHNICAL INFORMATION 8–1

• IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS ................................. 8-2

• FLUID CHART ....................................................... 8-4

• ENGINE OIL .......................................................... 8-5

• BULB SPECIFICATIONS ......................................... 8-6

• VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS .................................... 8-7

8 TECHNICAL INFORMATION

Page 254: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

8–2 TECHNICAL INFORMATION

S3W8021A S3W8031A

IDENTIFICATION NUMBERSVEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

The Vehicle Identification Number(VIN) is engraved on the passenger sideof the fire wall.

ENGINE NUMBER

The engine number is stamped on thefront right-hand side of the cylinderblock.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER

Attached on the top of the transaxlecase near the engine.

S4W8011A

Page 255: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

TECHNICAL INFORMATION 8–3

S3W8041A

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE IDENTIFICA-TION NUMBER

Attached at the front upper side of thetransaxle case.

Page 256: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

8–4 TECHNICAL INFORMATION

API SL (ILSAC GF-III) gradeSAE 10W-30

Cold area: SAE 5W-30

Silicatebased coolant

ESSO JWS 3309 orISU DEXRON III

SAE 75W-85

SAE 80WExtremely cold area:

SAE 75W

DOT 3 or DOT 4

DEXRON II-D orDEXRON III

1.2S

1.4S/1.4D

1.2S1.4S/1.4D

1.4D

1.2S

1.4S/1.4D

3.2L

3.75L

4.2L

6.0L

5.9 ± 0.2L

2.1L

1.8L

0.5L

1.1L

FLUID CHART

Item Capacity Service Interval Classification

Engine oil(Including oil filter)

Engine Coolant

AutomaticTransaxle Fluid

Manual TransaxleFluid

Brake/Clutch Fluid

Power SteeringFluid

Change every 15,000 km (10,000 miles)or 1 year. Under severe condition,change every 7,500 km (5,000 miles)or 6 months. (Oil filter element shouldbe replaced at the same time.)

Change every 45,000 km (30,000 miles)or 3 years.

Inspect every 15,000 km (10,000 miles)or 1 year and replenish if necessary.(Fluid change is not required.)

Change every 30,000 km (20,000 miles)after replacing at 15,000km(10,000 miles) initially.

Inspect every 15,000 km (10,000 miles)or 1 year and replenish if necessary.(Fluid change is not required.)

Change every 30,000 km (20,000 miles)or 2 years.

Inspect every 15,000 km (10,000 miles)or 1 year and replenish if necessary.

Page 257: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

TECHNICAL INFORMATION 8–5

ENGINE OILAPI classification of engine oil

The International Lubricant Standard-ization and Approval Committee(ILSAC) and American Petroleum Insti-tute (API) classify engine oils accordingto their performance quality. Alwaysuse oil rated API SL (ILSAC GF-III) orbetter.

* : RECOMMENDED OIL

EngineSelect an oil viscosity based on the outside air temperature. Do not switchto a different viscosity in the event of brief temperature fluctuations.

°F°C -30

-20

-20

0

-10 0 10

20 60

20

100

40

SAE 10 W-30

SAE 5 W-30

30

8040

Page 258: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

8–6 TECHNICAL INFORMATION

710119

8

6

S3W8072A

S5W8001A

2

3

1

54

Halogen bulb

Halogen bulb

Amber color

Driver’s side

1 Headlamp (high/low)

2 Parking lamp

3 Turn signal lamp

4 Fog lamp

5 Side turn signal lamp

6 Turn signal lamp

7 Brake / tail lamp

8 Backup lamp

9 Fog lamp

10 Center high mounted stop lamp

11 License plate lamp

Dome lamp

Luggage lamp

Ashtray lamp

BULB SPECIFICATION

Bulbs

Rear

Interior

Wattages x Quantity

60/55W x 2

5W x 2

21W x 21)

27W x 2

5W x 2

21W x 2

21/5W x 4

21W x 1

21W x 1

5W x 5

5W x 2

10W x 1

10W x 1

1.2W x 1

Remarks

Front

* Locations of the lamps in Notchbackmodels are similar to those ofNotchback models.

1) For Non E-models : 21W x 4

(E-model)

(Hatchback)

* Locations of the lamps in Non E-mod-els are similar to those of E-models.

Page 259: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

TECHNICAL INFORMATION 8–7

Type

Valvetrain

Displacement (cc) [in3]

Bore x stroke (mm) [in]

Compression ratio

Max. torque (Nm/rpm) [lb-ft/rpm]

Fuel system

Octane rating

Spark Typeplug Gap (mm) [in]

BatteryRating (V-AH)

Cold cranking amps (CCA)

Alternator (V-A)

Starter (V-Kw)

4-cylinder/in-line

SOHC 8 valve

1,150 [70.2]

68.5 x 78.0 [2.7 x 3.1]

9.3 : 1

53/5,400 [71.1/5,400]

104/4,400 [76.7/4,400]

Multi-point injection

RON91 or higher

BPR5EY-11

1.0 ~ 1.1 [0.039 ~ 0.043]

12 - 45

430

12 - 75

12 - 0.8

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSENGINE

Engine (1.2 SOHC)

Max. power (Kw/rpm) [hp/rpm]

Type

Valvetrain

Displacement (cc) [in3]

Bore x stroke (mm) [in]

Compression ratio

Max. torque (Nm/rpm) [lb-ft/rpm]

Fuel system

Octane rating

Spark Typeplug Gap (mm) [in]

BatteryRating (V-AH)

Cold cranking amps (CCA)

Alternator (V-A)

Starter (V-Kw)

4-cylinder/in-line

SOHC 8 valve

1,399 [85.4]

77.9 x 73.4 [3.07 x 2.89]

9.5 : 1

61/5,600 [81.8/5,600]

123/3,000 [90.7/3,000]

Multi-point injection

RON91 or higher

RN9YC

0.7 ~ 0.8 [0.028 ~ 0.031]

12 - 55

550

12 - 85

12 - 1.2

Engine (1.4 SOHC)

Max. power (Kw/rpm) [hp/rpm]

Page 260: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

8–8 TECHNICAL INFORMATION

Type

Valvetrain

Displacement (cc) [in3]

Bore x stroke (mm) [in]

Compression ratio

Max. torque (Nm/rpm) [lb-ft/rpm]

Fuel system

Octane rating

Spark Typeplug Gap (mm) [in]

BatteryRating (V-AH)

Cold cranking amps (CCA)

Alternator (V-A)

Starter (V-Kw)

4-cylinder/in-line

DOHC 16 valve

1,399 [85.4]

77.9 x 73.4 [3.07 x 2.89]

9.5 : 1

69/6,200 [92.5/6,200]

130/3,400 [95.9/3,400]

Multi-point injection

RON91 or higher

BKR6E-11

1.0 ~ 1.1 [0.039 ~ 0.043]

12 - 55

550

12 - 85

12 - 1.2

Engine (1.4 DOHC)

Max. power (Kw/rpm) [hp/rpm]

Drive system

1st

2nd

3rd

Gear ratios 4th

5th

Reverse

Final drive ratio

DRIVETRAIN

5-Speed Manual Transaxle (1.2 SOHC)

Front wheel drive

3.416

1.950

1.280

0.971

0.757

3.272

4.105

Drive system

1st

2nd

3rd

Gear ratios 4th

5th

Reverse

Final drive ratio

5-Speed Manual Transaxle (1.4 SOHC / 1.4 DOHC)

Front wheel drive

3.545 / ←1.952 / ←1.276 / ←0.892 / 0.971

0.707 / 0.763

3.333 / ←4.176 / 3.944

Page 261: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

TECHNICAL INFORMATION 8–9

Type

Outside diameter (mm) [in]

Inside diameter (mm) [in]

Thickness (mm) [in]

Clutch (1.2 SOHC / 1.4 SOHC, 1.4 DOHC)

Single plate-dry disc

184 [7.2] / 215 [8.5]

127.5 [5.0] / 145 [5.7]

8.4 [0.3] / ←

Drive system

1st

2nd

3rd

Gear ratios 4th

Reverse

Counter gear

Final drive ratio

4-Speed Automatic Transaxle (1.4 DOHC)

Front wheel drive

2.875

1.568

1.000

0.697

2.300

1.020

4.052

McPherson strut

Torsion beam axle

-24´ ± 45´

-1° 30´ ± 30´

2° 30´ ± 45´

2´ ± 10´

15´ ± 20´

Power assisted*,Rack & pinion

16:1380 [15.0] (W/ Airbag)370 [14.6] (W/O Airbag)

4.8 [15.7]

Front suspension type

Rear suspension type

CamberFront

Alignment Rear

(Based on 2 Caster

Occupants)Toe-in

Front

Rear

Type

Overall gear ratioSteering Steering wheel

diameter (mm) [in]

Minimum turningradius (m) [ft]

Chassis

CHASSIS

Page 262: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

8–10 TECHNICAL INFORMATION

Fuel tank (L) [gal]

Engine oil (L) [quart]

Coolant (L) [quart]

Capacities (1.2 SOHC / 1.4 SOHC, 1.4 DOHC)

45.0 [11.9] / ←3.2 [3.4] (including oil filter)

/ 3.75 [3.96] (including oil filter)

4.2 [4.4] / 6.0 [6.3]

CAPACITIES

Exterior dimensions (HB / NB)

3,880 [152.8] / 4,235 [166.7]

1,670 [65.7] / ←1,495 [58.9] / ←2,480 [97.6] / ←1,450 [57.1] / ←1,410 [55.5] / ←

DIMENSIONS

Overall length (mm) [in]

Overall width (mm) [in]

Overall height (mm) [in]

Wheel base (mm) [in]

Track (mm) [in]Front

Rear

Type

Front wheel

Rear wheel

Booster – single (in) [mm]

Brake system

Dual-diagonal split

Ventilated disc

Drum

9.5" [241.3]

BRAKE SYSTEM

175/70 R13 5.0J x 13 210 [30] 210 [30]

185/60 R14 5.5J x 14 210 [30] 210 [30]

Wheel and tire

WHEEL AND TIRE

Tire Wheel Tire Pressure (kPa) [psi]

size dimension Front Rear

Page 263: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

TECHNICAL INFORMATION 8–11

Weight (1.2 SOHC)

WEIGHT

Curb weight(Kg) [lb]

Gross vehicleweight (Kg) [lb]

PERFORMANCE

Performance

Max. speed(Km/h) [mph]

157 [97.6]1.2 SOHC

3 HB

5 HBM/T 990~1,045 [2,182.6~2,303.8]

M/T 1,455 [3,207.7]

Weight (1.4 SOHC)

Curb weight

(Kg) [lb]

Gross vehicle

weight (Kg) [lb]

4 NBM/T 1,035~1,090

[2,281.8~2,403]A/T -

M/T 1,025~1,080

[2,259.7~2,381]A/T -5 HB

M/T 1,500 [3,306.9]

A/T -

Weight (1.4 DOHC)

Curb weight

(Kg) [lb]

Gross vehicle

weight (Kg) [lb]

4 NBM/T 1,070~1,125 [2,358.9~2,480.2]

A/T 1,075~1,130 [2,370~2,491.2]

M/T 1,060~1,115 [2,336.9~2,458.2]

A/T 1,065~1,120 [2,347.9~2,469.2]3 HB

5 HBM/T 1,535 [3,384.1]

A/T 1,540 [3,395.1]

M/T

170 [105.6]1.4 SOHC M/T

176 [109.4]1.4 DOHC

M/T

170 [105.6]A/T

Page 264: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English
Page 265: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INDEX 9–1

INDEX9

Page 266: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

9–2 INDEX

AABS warning lamp ........................ 2-8Accessory power outlet ................ 2-38Adding brake/clutch fluid ............ 6-13Adjusting the mirrors .................... 3-6Adjusting the steering wheel ......... 3-9Air bag ........................................ 1-20

Driver’s air bag ...................... 1-21Front passenger’s air bag ....... 1-21Side air bag ........................... 1-23Warning lamp .......................... 2-8

Air cleaner ................................... 6-20Air conditioner filter .................... 6-31Air conditioning ............................ 4-7Air vents ........................................ 4-2Always wear your safety belts ...... 1-2Antenna ....................................... 2-43Anti-lock brake system ................ 3-20

Braking with ABS .................. 3-21Warning lamp .......................... 2-8

Ashtrays ....................................... 2-39Assist grip .................................... 2-42Audio system

RDS radio and cassette .......... 4-11RDS radio, cassette andCD-changer ............................ 4-37RDS radio and CD ................ 4-59Remote control system ........... 4-82

Automatic transaxle ........... 3-11, 3-12Automatic transaxle fluid ............ 6-16

Checking automatic transaxlefluid level ............................... 6-16Emergency shifting procedure 3-17Hold mode ............................. 3-17Hold mode indicator ............. 2-13

BBattery ......................................... 6-24

Jump starting ........................... 5-6Saver ...................................... 2-16Transmitter batteryreplacement ............................ 2-26

Brake and clutch fluid ................. 6-13Adding brake/ clutch fluid ..... 6-13

Brakes .......................................... 3-18Anti-lock brake system........... 3-21Brake pedal ............................ 6-26Brake system warning lamp .... 2-9Overheated brakes ................. 3-19Parking brake ........................ 3-19Wet brakes ............................. 3-19

Brake-transaxle shift interlock(BTSI) .......................................... 3-14Breaking-in .................................... 3-2Bulb specification .......................... 8-6

CCatalytic converter ...................... 6-27Central door locking system ....... 2-28Changing engine oil and filter ...... 6-9Charging system warning lamp .. 2-10Child restraint ............................. 1-10Cigarette lighter and accessorypower outlet ................................ 2-37Climate control

Air distribution mode knob ..... 4-4Control panel ........................... 4-3Fan control knob ...................... 4-4Recirculation mode button ....... 4-6Temperature control knob ....... 4-3

Clutch pedal ................................ 6-26Coolant ........................................ 6-11Cup holder ................................... 2-40

DDaytime running lights ............... 2-23Defrosting and defogging ... 2-22, 4-10Digital clock ............................... 2-37Dome lamp ................................. 2-35

Bulb replacement ................... 6-42Door locks ................................... 2-27

Central door locking system .. 2-28Child security door lock ........ 2-29

Page 267: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INDEX 9–3

Door open warning lamp ............ 2-13Drive belt .................................... 6-23Driving precautions ....................... 3-2Driving tips ................................. 3-21Driving your vehicle ................... 3-13

EEasy entry front seats .................. 1-16Emergency towing ......................... 5-9Engine braking ............................ 3-21Engine compartment ..................... 6-5Engine exhaust ............................ 3-29Engine oil ...................................... 6-8

Changing engine oil andfilter ......................................... 6-9Checking engine oil level ........ 6-8Engine oil pressure warninglamp ....................................... 2-11Engine oil specification ............ 8-5

FFilling the fuel tank ....................... 3-5Fluid chart ..................................... 8-4Foldable seatback table ............... 2-41Folding rear seatback .................. 1-16Front Fog lamp ........................... 2-18

Bulb replacement ................... 6-38

Front fog lamp indicator ....... 2-13Front seat occupants ...................... 1-6Front seats ................................... 1-15

Driver’s seat heightadjustment .............................. 1-16Reclining adjustment ............. 1-15Slide adjustment ..................... 1-15

Fuel ................................................ 3-4Filling the fuel tank ................. 3-5Fuel filling from drums orportable containers .................. 3-6Fuel recommendations ............. 3-4

Fuel gauge ..................................... 2-7Fuses ............................................ 6-32

Engine room fuse block ......... 6-35Fuse block .............................. 6-33Interior fuse block .................. 6-34

GGlove box ................................... 2-40

HHazard warning flasher button ... 2-22Head restraints ............................ 1-14Headlamp

Battery saver .......................... 2-16Bulb replacement ................... 6-36

Headlamp levelling switch .... 2-23Heating ......................................... 4-8High beam indicator ................... 2-15High beam switch ....................... 2-17Hold mode .................................. 3-17

Hold mode indicator ............. 2-13Hood ........................................... 2-34Horn ............................................ 2-40How to change a flat tire ............. 5-3Hydroplaning .............................. 3-24

IIdentification numbers ................... 8-2Ignition switch ............................... 3-8Immobilizer ................................. 3-10Indicators and warning lamps ....... 2-7Inside rear view mirror ................. 3-9Instruments cluster (Delux) ............ 2-4Instruments cluster (Standard) ....... 2-5Instruments and controls -Quick view .................................... 2-3Interior courtesy lamps ................ 2-35

JJump starting ................................. 5-6

Page 268: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

9–4 INDEX

KKeyless entry system ................... 2-24

Door lock and anti-theftmode activation ..................... 2-25Door unlock and anti-theftmode deactivation .................. 2-25Transmitter ............................. 2-26

Keys ............................................. 2-23

LLamps .......................................... 6-36

Backup, tail, brake andrear turn signal lamps ........... 6-40Dome lamp ............................ 6-42Front fog lamps ...................... 6-38Front turn signal lamps ......... 6-37Headlamps ............................. 6-36High mounted stop lamp ....... 6-40License plate lamp ................. 6-41Luggage compartment lamp .. 6-42Parking lamps ........................ 6-37Rear fog lamps ...................... 6-40Side turn signal lamps ........... 6-39

Light switch ................................. 2-16Low fuel level warning lamp ........ 2-7Lower child restraint anchors ..... 1-12

MMaintenance schedule ................... 7-3Malfunction indicator lamp ........ 2-12Manual transaxle ............... 3-12, 3-13

Manual transaxle fluid .......... 6-14Checking manual transaxlefluid level ............................... 6-14

Manual windows ........................ 2-31Mirrors .......................................... 3-6

OOctane rating ................................ 3-4Odometer / Trip odometer ............ 2-6Operating tips for ventilationsystem .......................................... 4-10Outside rear view mirror .............. 3-6Overheating ................................. 5-11

PParking brake ..................... 3-19, 6-26

Winter parking tip ................. 3-20Parking the vehicle ...................... 3-22Passing light switch ..................... 2-17Power outlet ................................ 2-38Power outside rear view mirror .... 3-8Power steering fluid .................... 6-18

Adding power steering fluid ... 6-18Checking power steeringfluid level ............................... 6-18

Power sunroof ............................. 2-36Power window............................. 2-30

Lock button ............................ 2-30Pregnant women and safetybelts ............................................. 1-10

RRear fog lamp ............................. 2-18

Bulb replacement ................... 6-40Rear fog lamp indicator ........ 2-14

Rear hinged windows .................. 2-31Rear seats .................................... 1-17

Double folding ....................... 1-18Folding ................................... 1-17

Rear seat occupants ...................... 1-6Rear window defroster button ..... 2-22Recirculation ................................. 4-6Remote control

Keyless entry system .............. 2-24Remote control system (Audio) ... 4-82Removable center rear safetybelt ................................................ 1-9Rocking your vehicle .................. 5-11

Page 269: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

INDEX 9–5

SSafety belt

Care ....................................... 6-44Center rear safety belt ............. 1-9Maintain your safety belts ....... 1-8Pregnant women and safetybelts ........................................ 1-10Safety belt reminder ............... 2-14Safety belt height adjustment ... 1-8Safety belt pretensioner ............ 1-8Safety belt warning chime ....... 1-6Three point safety belts ........... 1-6

Seatback shopping hook .............. 2-41Seatback table ............................. 2-40Security indicator ........................ 2-15Severe conditions ........................... 7-2Side air bags ............................... 1-23Spare tire, jack andvehicle tools .................................. 5-2Spark plugs ................................. 6-21Specifications ................................. 8-6

Bulb specifications ................... 8-6Vehicle specifications ............... 8-7

Speedo meter ................................. 2-6Starting the engine ...................... 3-11Starting the engine with jumpercables ............................................ 5-6

Sunglasses holder ........................ 2-41Sun visors .................................... 2-42Supplemental restraint system ..... 1-21Switches and controls .................. 2-16

TTachometer .................................... 2-6Tailgate ....................................... 2-33Tailgate window wiper andwasher ......................................... 2-20Temperature gauge ........................ 2-7Three point safety belts ................. 1-6Tire

Changing a flat tire ................. 5-3Chains .................................... 6-30Inflation pressure .................... 8-10Rotation ................................. 6-30Tread wear indicator ............. 6-29Winter tires ............................ 6-30

Towing the vehicle ........................ 5-8Trailer towing ............................. 3-25Transaxle

Automatic transaxle ...... 3-13, 3-14Manual transaxle .......... 3-12, 3-13

Transmitter battery replacement . 2-26Trunk lid ..................................... 2-32

Trunk lid release lever ................ 2-32Turn signal lever ......................... 2-16Turn signal/ hazard warning flasherindicators ..................................... 2-14

VVehicle care ................................. 6-42

Care and cleaning of theexterior ................................... 6-45Care and cleaning of theinterior ................................... 6-43Cleaning agents ...................... 6-42Cleaning the outside of thewindshield .............................. 6-45Corrosion protection .............. 6-46Glass surfaces ........................ 6-44Safety belt care ...................... 6-44

Vehicle specifications ..................... 8-7Ventilation ..................................... 4-9

WWheels and tires .......................... 6-28Windshield washer ...................... 2-19

Windshield washer fluid ........ 6-19Windshield wipers .............. 2-18, 6-20

Page 270: Chevrolet Kalos Manual English

Recommended